Search results

(81 - 100 of 178)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1997
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities f...
Show more Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities, ranging from the Guthrie Theater to the Minnesota History Center to the Minneapolis Aquatennial. I Augsburg in the Summer Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. Term I runs from May 27 to June 20. Term I1 runs from June 23 to July 31. For a detailed listing I of courses, look inside this brochure. - . I - - -.I w I I a Information and Forms Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from: Augsburg College Summer School Office campus B~~ #68 2211 Riverside Avenue I Minneapolis, I 6121330-1795 Augsburg General Education: Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills requirements are so noted along with the description of the course. Course Levels: lne rlrst aiglr or tne t digit course number indicates the course level. Course numbers beginning with a 1 or 2 are lower division courses and are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores; course numbers beginning with 3 or 4 are upper division and are primarily for juniors and seniors. schmit, ~i~~~~~~ phoebe ~ ~ ~~ ~ Eligiii Independent Study: Independent studies may be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members. Internships: In addition to those listec internship opportunities may be I u arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are I carefully planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member. Consult the Internship and Cooperative Education Office at 6121330-1148 for more C information. ' Housing: Students who need housing mav contact the Residence Life Office - w44k _ Employer Reimbursement: Students who qualify for reimbursement by their employers may use their reimbursement to pay for Summer Session courses. rn The College reserves the right to cancel listed courses. Course Loads in Summer Session: Students may take one course credit during Term I and up to two course credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit. One Augsburg course credit is the equivalent of four semester credits and six quarter credits. . . , .y -I 1: a ~~ ~ -~ l di Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions and students admitted for the next fall term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer I School. Good standing implies that the - I student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that I hstitutian, L- Other persons wishing to take summer courses should contact the director of summer school to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. - B Students accepted for Summer Session are not automatically granted admission as regular students of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the Office of Admissions 6121330-1001 or the Weekend College Admissions Office 6121330-1743. 'L I 1 I I ? 6th Street S I" 7th Street S mi- Builer Place 94 West -1nterslale II II Interstate 94 East ... - - ~llegeMap Information 14. Murphy Place Admlrrionr Weekday Program 1s. M l l , ~ l l ) ll q l l * , ~ 16 M I $ = ]YA: < 17 Nordic Center 18 Old Main 19 Orcar Anderson Hall M Publlc Relatlanr and Communication I 21 Quad 22 Sdence Hall 23 Serurlty Dlrpatch Center I 24 Shipplng and Receiving LS S1 Melby Hall 26 Sverdrup Llbrary 27 Sverdrup-OttedalMemorial Hall Marter 01 Sociol Wo* Admirrianr 28. Urness Tower 29. Youth and Farnlly Institute 30. New U b r a y l T to open Fall 1997 &I, s!r.,t;:rt !"l-z<,<~ ,\',"~t,,L"'f 'f,~Wu~,f, $*';,<I, %.lhe~rc-, ~rudlrr,Slurlml Juppon brr !on tn I I'-#,-b?ri*rrr J l v l k n r Services b.G~q/?:>i> irl<br: Athkti< r l ~ l 3 drd Seasonal Air Structure Center for Global Education and International Programs 6 Chrlrtenren Center. Information Desk 7 East Hall 8. Fosr, Lobeck, Miles Center far Worrhlp, Drama and Communlcatlon 9 Hurby-StrommenTennis Courts 10 Ice Arena leray C Carlron Alumnl Center Walntenance and Grounds Shop Mortenren Tower L AMPUS i LOCATIC - 1I , , L - --4 - - ~3.. - - I 4r . 35W from the North . Take Washington Avenue exit and turn leE on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 East from Minneapolis - Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2J.st Avenue South. 35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. Beginning April 14, you may schedule summer school courses at the Registrar's Office between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. A $50.00 tuition deposit must be paid at that time for each course scheduled. This deposit will be applied to your summer school tuition and is not refundable unless the course is canceled. If a course that you have scheduled is canceled, you may elect to receive a refund or apply the deposit to the tuition for another course. To insure that you reserve a place in the courses that you desire, we recommend that you schedule your courses as early as possible. Many courses fill early, and courses with low enrollments may be canceled before the first day of the term. You must confirm your registration in person by paying tuition in full at the Business Office (see deadlines below), or you will be dropped from your course(s). Summer registration may be confirmed beginning May 7. Students taking courses during Term I must confirm their registration by May 28. Term I1 confirmation must be made by June 24. This procedure applies to all summer registrations, including internships and independent studies. The Business Office is located in the Science Hall, Room 147, and is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. The Business Office will be open until 6 p.m. on May 27 and 28 and on June 23 and 24. The Business Office is also open on Saturdays when Weekend College is in session. Tuition must be paid in full in order for your registration to be confirmed. (Augsburg students who have unpaid balances from previous terms must pay these balances before they may confirm their summer school registrations.) A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for students who do not confirm on time. No Term I registrations will be accepted after May 30, and Term I1 registrations will not be accepted after June 27. To change your registration you will need to fill out an AddIDrop form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $50.00 for changing a course after 3:30 p.m. on the second scheduled day of each term. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Refunds and adjustments to fees are outlined in the "Tuition Refund Policy" section of this brochure. Summer 1997 I . ,= Scheduling begins Confirmation begins Confirmation of registration deadline (confirmation nzust be done irz person at the Business Office) Classes begin Balance of tuition due Last day to: .Change grading option .Drop class without notation .Register with late fee of $50 (no registrations will be accep fed after this date) Holiday Last day to withdraw from class Classes end Grades due in Registrar's Office Term I - - -1 April 14 May 7 May 28 April 14 May 7 June 24 May 27 May 28 June 23 June 24 June 9 May 30 May 30 July 7 June 27 June 27 - - June 13 June 20 June 25 July 4 July 25 July 33 August 6 I L is the policy or Augsburg Cullcgr not Lo Jiscriluinnli, on Llic b'isis o l wcc, color, crccd, religion, scxual ,iffeclion,~l prclcn%ncr,nalional ~ i r c l l i n i corigin, ~igc,mc~rit,ilsl,ilus, s(.u orslCiluswill1 rrg,ird Lo 11i1hlic ,issislancc, o~.disabiliLy,is ~ , c q ~ ~ i lby t . d'l'illr I X l h r 1'17'2 E d u w l i o n Amcnclmcnls o~.Scclion504 Llic I L ! h ~ i b i l i ~ , i l iA~c~l no l 1970, ,is ,~mcndcd,i n ils cidmissic>nspolitics, c.duc.,il~c~n p ~ . ( ~ g ~ . ~I i ~ iLi si ~, i l i dc '~~ i ~ c m p l o y ~ n c n~pr,icliccs. l I l I 1 71h Street S . 7 Alr Structure Entrance Seasonal Alr Structure Center for Global Education and lnternatlonal Programs 9. Hurby-Strornmen Tennlr Courts 1" Ice Arena leroy C, Carlron Alumnl Center Maintenance and Grounds Shop Mortenren Tower 35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 West from St. Paul - Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. I ACC 221-S Principles of Accounting I Stoller IntwduoMwl toZruafnessactivities, basic concepts md,fu&rnenlilb of aefounting, the accounting cycle ffns p ~ e p w r a hof financial statements. 9:OO-11:20 ain M,T,W,Th,F Old Matn 23 ACC 322-S Accounting Theory & Practice I Kader An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222) 9:OO-11:20 arrr M,T, W,Tlz,F Old Main 25 BUS 242-5 Principles of Management Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. 6:OO-9:00prir M,T, W,Th Old Main 11 ECO 110-5 Economics of Urban Issues Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment by independent study. Students need signature of instructor before Term I begins. Call 330-1152. P I N only. Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Arranged ECO 112-S Principles of Macroeconomics Gupta Introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Persp.: Western Heritage 1or 2 9:OO-11:20 am M,T,W,Th,F Old Main 16 EDE 382-S Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (-50credit) Dyer Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST) 6:00-9:30 prn T,Th Library 1 EDU 210-S Learning and Development in an Educational Setting Strait A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105: Principles of Psych. is strongly recommended.) Persp.: Human Identity M,T,W,Th,F Library17 9:00-11:20 a m EDU 341-5 Media Technology (.50 Credit) Dyer Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through " the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingllearning situations. Computer training will be included in the course. (Prereq.: PPST) M,W Old Main 25 6:OO-9:30 pnt ENG 2454 Introduction to Literature Palosaari In this course students are initiated into the formal study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. The course aims to expand students' critical and analytical skills in reading literature and writing about it as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature. Persp.: Aesthetics M,T,W,Th,F Old Main 10 9:OO-l1:20 an1 ENG 3474 Quantitative Journalism: Computer-Assisted Reporting Dalglish This course introduces students to computerassisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the communication professions. (Prereq: ENG 225, or ENG 227 or consent of instructor and MPG 111) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning 6:OO-9:00 pni M, T, W,Th Foss 20 HIS 3484 Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century Kimball This course provides an introductory historical survey of Russia and the Soviet Union in this century. It begins with an examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and Lenin's consolidation of power. Later topics will include the rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, the Cold War and the slow rejection of Stalinism. We will conclude with an examination of developments since the rise of Gorbachev, the collapse of the Soviet Union and the emergence of the Russian Republic. The course will emphasize political, social, economic and cultural history by focusing on Russian/Soviet practices and institutions. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I M,T, W,Th, F Old Main 13 9:OO-11:20 a m ENG 225-5 Intermediate Expository Writing Swanson This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG 111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. Graduation Skill: Writing 9:OO-11:20 an1 M,T,W,Th,F Old Main 1l INS 199-Sl399-S Internship Olson A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement with a faculty member that links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a seminar is expected. Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: The City Arranged GER l l l - S Beginning German I Van Cleve Aims at developing basic skills. Students practice speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and uarticiuation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 9:OO-11:45am M,T,W,Th,F Old Main 22 . SPA l l l - S Beginning Spanish I Farrell Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of this course. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 1:OO-3:45prn M,T,W,Th,F Old Main 29 PSY 3624 Behavior Disorders Hanson An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from social, organic and psychological points of view. (Prereq.:PSY 102 or 105) 6:00-990 pm M,T, W,Th Old Main 23 REL l l l - S Holt Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world that concerns Christian doctrine. Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 6:OO-9:00pm M,T,Th,F Old Main 18 SOC 265-5 Gerasimo Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Why do we set people aside for negative special treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people to whom we do this are often reflections of our own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and "other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism and other "-isms." Offered on P / N basis only. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 6:OO-9:00pm M,T,W,Th Old Main 16 BUS 3404 Human Resource Management Cerrito Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) M,w Old Main 11 6:OO-9:30 pm BUS 4404 Operations Management Cerrito Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) T,Th Old Main 11 6:OO-9:30 pm ART 1074 Drawing Bollman Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include still-life figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. Persp.: Aesthetics T,Th Old Main 17 6:OO-9:30 pm ART 118-S Painting I Bollman Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. Persp.: Aesthetics T,Th Old Main 17 6:OO-9:30 pm ART 1324 Photography Friederichsen The camera will be used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $200-$225. Persp.: Aesthetics Section S1:OO-4:30 pm M,w Old Main 4 Section T6:OO-9:30 pm M,w Old Main 4 ART 3894 American Art Anderson A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture and folk arts. Persp.: Aesthetics. Graduation Skill: Speaking T,Th Old Main 25 6:OO-9:30 pm ACC 2224 Principles of Accounting I1 Kader A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral consideratioils. (Prereq.:ACC 221) 9:00-10:45 am M,T, W,Th Old Main 25 MIS 1754 Principles of Computing for Busidess Schwalbe An introductory course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel, Access, Powerpoint, e-mail and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with a strong computer background are encouraged to take MIS 370 (not offered Summer Session) instead of MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or a "Pass" in MAT 103, a self-paced course) T,Th Foss 42 6:OO-9:30 pm ECO 110-S Economics of Urban Issues Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment by independent study. Students need signature of instructor before Term I1 begins. Call 330-1152. P / N only. Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Arranged ECO 1 1 2 4 Principles of Macroeconomics Gupta Introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Persp.: Western Heritage T,Th Old Main 16 6:OO-9:30 pm ECO 1 1 3 4 Princivles of Microeconomics Sabella Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1or 2 6:OO-9:30 pm M,W Old Main 29 ECO 3154 Money and Banking Gupta Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113),, 6:OO-9:30 pm M,w Old Main 16 I , 1 I ' EDE 3774 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (25 credit) Stangl Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST) July 15,17,22,24,29,31 6:30-8:30 pnl T,Th Old Main 4 EDS 3904 Communication Skills in the English Classroom LaDuca This course is for English-education majors who plan to teach high school English. It is designed to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral interpretation, listening and small group discussions as well as to explore methodologies for teaching and incorporating these skills in the high school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST) 6:OO-9:30pm T,Th Science 112 EDS 3914 LaDuca Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit) This course is for English-education majors who plan to teach high school English. Students will explore the nature of media as "consciousness industries," examining the whys of teaching media, how to go about it effectively, what kind of assumptions media education was based on in the past and how to incorporate media education into the English curriculum. Students will become familiar with all forms of mass media and will understand the impact of media on their lives. Students will learn how to be discriminating users of mass media and how to teach others to be the same. (Prereq.: PPST) 6:OO-9:30pm M Science 112 ENG 2234 Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Graduation Skill: Writing 690-9:30 pm M,w Old Main 13 ENG 282-SI382-S Topics in Literature: The Heroic Journey Griffin This course will study archetypal patterns of the heroic journey as well as specific examples of such journeys. It will emphasize the ideas of Joseph Campbell but will also consider other interpretations of heroic journeys. Since western civilization usually assumes that the hero is a man, usually white and belonging to a warrior class, analysis of the heroic warrior myth, both as it is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths and as it appears in contemporary American popular narratives, will be explored. But the heroic journey is a human journey, and thus the course will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women and men who may be neither white nor warriors. 6:OO-9:30pnl M,w Old Main 23 HIS 440-5 Topics in World History: The Meaning of 20th Century European Diplomatic History for 21st Century Europe Anderson This course provides historical perspective on some of the security, political and economic problems facing Europe at the end of the millennium while attempting to assess and understand the future of NATO, the possibilities of a United States of Europe, the Yugoslav problem and the relationship of Russia and the United States to Europe. The course begins with a consideration of World Wars I and I1 within a diplomatic context and includes examination of the motives for West European economic and political integration. 6:OO-9:30pm T,TI1 Old Main 10 INS 199-Sl399-S Internship Olson A work-based learning experience in which students design a learning agreement with a faculty member that links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a seminar is expected. Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: The City Arranged INS 2254 Introduction to Islam Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sumis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism will be made, including a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I 6:OO-9:30pnl T ,Th Old Main 29 MAT 1734 Math of Interest Kaminsky An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics include life insurance, annuities, mortgages, loan payments and other topics in the mathematics of financial transactions. (Prereq.: MPG 111) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning 6:OO-9:30pin T ,Th Old ~ a i 23 n GER 1124 Beginning German I1 Van Cleve Aims at developing basic skills. Students practice speaking, understanding, reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narrative in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3 9:OO-11:30 rrtn M,T,W,Th Old Main 22 SPA 112-S Beginning Spanish I1 Soto Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3 1:OO-3:30 pm M,T,W,Th Old Main 29 PHY 101-S Astronomy Hansen A descriptive course covering the solar system, stars and galaxies. The course also traces the development of scientificthought from early civilization to the present day. Night viewing and lab sessions are important components of the course. Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11), Persp.: Natural World 2 M, w Science 212 6:OO-9:30 ptn POL 2954 Topics in Political Thought: Utopias & Dystopias Riley "War is peace. Freedom is slavery. Ignorance is strength," so asserts the Ministry of Truth in Orwell's bleak warning to humanity in his novel "1984." In this course we will examine fundamental questions of human nature and human society through the lens of utopian and dystopian texts. What is the nature of freedom? Is freedom and community compatible? How may sex and gender be distinguished? What are the sources of violence in human society? What are the legitimate ends of state authority? Persp.: Human Identity, Graduation Skill: Writing M, W Old Main 27 6:OO-9:30 pnr POL 383-5 Defining America: Theories of Political and Social Change Aoki Around the world, countries struggle with the turmoil of social change. Shifting patterns of race, ethnicity and culture often trigger fierce political clashes over who belongs and who is an outsider. This course examines these disputes, focusing largely but not exclusively on the United States, where racial and ethnic controversies are part of a struggle over the definition of America. The goal is to enable students to make thoughtful contributions to debates in dire need of such offerings. 6:OO-9:30 pnt M,w Foss 43 PSY 105-5 Principles of Psychology Robinson-Riegler An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Application of psychological concepts to everyday situations is emphasized. Persp.: Human Identity 6:OO-9:30 pm , M, w Science 213 REL 3574 Giants of the Faith Tranvik The lives of famous Christians are crossed with tragedies and triumphs. This course combines biography and theology to gain insights into the history of the church. Figures as diverse as Augustine, Julian of Norwich, Martin Luther and Martin Luther King Jr. will be studied. Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 6:OO-9:30 pm M, w Old Main 10 REL 385-5 Process Theology & Christian Faith Lorenzen This course introduces students to the relational world view of process philosophy and examines how it has influenced Christian faith and ethical deliberations. Special attention will be given to the writings of John B. Cobb Jr., as a representative of process theology. Classes will include videos, small groups and some lecture to introduce topics. Ethical issues addressed in the class include murder, abortion, human sexuality and euthanasia. Grades will be based on a paper (10-15 pages), the presentation of the paper to the class and class participation. (Prereq.: REL 111 or 221) Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 6:OO-9:30 pm T, Th Old Main 27 SWK 2604 Humans Developing Rooney This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors that influence the growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus. Persp.: Human Identity 6:00-9:30 pm T,Th Old Main 13 SOC 356-S Crime and Community Bloom Analysis of correctiollal programs and community responses. Lecture, discussion and site visits to prisoiis, courts and community agencies. Special atlention to concepts of restorative justice. (I'rereq.: Soc 321) 1:00-4:30 ~ I I I T,Tlr Old M n i ~ r10 I SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND The Bristol International Program In Social Work Bristol University, U.K. June 28 to July 12,1997 THEATRE ARTS SPC 3294 Intercultural Communication Gaetano This course explores cultural differences and their implications for colnmunication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction and (.ode systems Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 ,:00-9:3U ~ I I I T,TII Old Mniir 18 ?PC 351-S ,\rgumentation Lapakko 1 )evelops critical thinking skills by studying the i heory and practice of argument, evidence, :,illacres and refutation. Includes how to build and n a l y z e public arguments that confront students in ilieir everyday lives. Graduatioil Skill: Critical l'hinking 1 :00-9:30 p ~ r ~ M,w Old Mfliil 18 SWK 257-B Exploring Human Senrices: International Program Bibus This course is an orientation to human service in an international context with many visits to human service agencies, lectures and seminars. Full orientation takes place at Augsburg for two sessions before the course. Credit is transcripted through Augsburg. The course is also available for graduate credit with a research component. Cost: $1,990 includes tuition, all ground transportation in the U.K., all accommodations and most meals. Airfare is NOT included. Students must make their own flight arrangements. Augsburg College Summer School
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1998
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: -ru- m "!--c 1 auasbura in the summer Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. Term I runs from June 1 to June 26. Term I1 runs from June 29 to August 7. For a de...
Show more -ru- m "!--c 1 auasbura in the summer Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. Term I runs from June 1 to June 26. Term I1 runs from June 29 to August 7. For a detailed listing of courses, look inside this brochure. term one June 1 to June 26 term two June 29 to August 7 about augsbur Augsburg College is a four-year, accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities, ranging from the Guthrie Theater to the Minnesota History Center to the Minneapolis Aquatennial. summer session info Course Loads in Summer Session: Students may take one course credit during Term I and up to two course credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit. One Augsburg course credit is the equivalent of four semester credits and six quarter credits. Augsburg General Education: Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills requirements are so noted along with the description of the course. Course Levels: The first digit of the three-digit course number indicates the course level. Course numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores; course numbers beginning with a "3" or "4" are upper division and are primarily for juniors and seniors. Independent Study: Independent studies may be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members. Internships: In addition to those listed, internship opportunities may be arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member. Consult the Internship and Cooperative Education Office at (612) 330-1148 for more information. Employer Reimbursement: Students who qualify for reimbursement by their employers may use their reimbursement to pay for Summer Session courses. Housing: Students who need housing may contact the Residence Life Office at (612) 330-1109. The College reserves the right to cancel listed courses. information Additional information may be obtained from: Augsburg College Campus Box #I44 22 11 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1787 Summer School Coordinator Terry Cook eligibility Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next fall term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer courses should contact the coordinator of summer school to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Students accepted for Summer Session are not automatically granted admission as regular students of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, (612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College Admissions Office, (612) 330-1743. 3 to register Bt ning An] su er sch Registrar's 0 t h and 4:30 p.m. calendar - ay s c h c d ~ ~ l c at the ween 8:00 a.m. tuition deposit must be paid z at time for each course sch rhis deposit will hc applied to you r school tuition r ~ ~ l e the s s course and is not ref1 1. If a co you have is cant is cancclcd, ,..- may elect to ,., the tuition for another course. To insure that you reserve a pl I the 1n1nen~1 courses that you desire, M as early that yo^^ schedule your 1.1 rly, and as possible. Many cour: courses with low enroll ~ t may s he canceled before the first day of the term. You must confirm your registration in person by paying tuition in full at the Business Office (see deadlines below), or you will be dropped from your course(s). Summer registration may be confirmed beginning May 11. Students taking courses during Term 1 must confirm their registration by June 2. Term I1 confirmation must be made by June 30. This procedure applies to all summer registrations, including internships and independent studies. T h e Business en from _ ... . a.m. Room 147 a n siness Office will to 4:00 p.m. l h t be open until 6 o n June 1 and 2 and on Junc and 30. T h e Business Oftice is i when ~n SI n . Tuition Weekencl couef must he aid in tull in oruer for your .. . -. le confirmed. (Augsburg j whc) have unpaid halances ? v ; . - . --rms ~ must pay these ,,, a12 st they [nay confirm their summer sch~ trations.) cheduling begins :onfirmation begins :onfirmation of registration deadline ,...... A late fee of $50 will he assessed for students who dc? not confirm o n time. No Term 1 registrations will he accepted after June 3, and Term 11 registrations will not he accepted after July 6. To change your registration you will necd to fill out an add/drop form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $50 for changing a course after 3:30 p.m. on the second scheduled day of each term. This procedure applies to illternships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Refunds and adjustments to fees are outlined in the " T u i t i o ~Refund ~ Policy" section of this brochure. : April 13 May 11 June 2 April 13 May 11 June 30 June 1 June 2 June 29 June 30 June 8 June 3 June 3 July 13 July 6 July 6 confirmation must be done in erson at the Business Office) :lasses begin balance of tuition due ,ast day to: Change grading option Drop class without notation *Register with late fee of $50 (no registrations wiU be accepted after this date) Holiday Last day to withdraw from class Classes end Grades due in Registrar's Office #& June 19 June 26 July 1 3 7 PL, the hasis i f r m e , C ~ J L Jcreed, ~ , religioi~,sexmrl or affectionnl prefrreilce, natiunnl A u ~ h h u r gdi~eriiot drscrimillnte m reqriired by Tick or erhiiic ongin, a ~ e marital , stiltus, gender, stntus with ~ c g a r dtro public ~ ~ s ~ s t a norc edr,ahility , I?: of the 1972 Educntion Atnendinents or Secrri~r~ 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admbsion poliilrs, edrtiatiunol Inr)groins, activities, m d etnpbyment pmctrceh augsburg fees .- The tuition charge for 1998 summer school courses is as follows: $900 for full-credit courses, $450 for half-credit courses and $225 for quarter-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition refund policy The $50.00 per course deposit i~ refundable. A refund of all or par the remaining fee is calculz ' from the date of the student's cancellation at the Schedule of Refunds: Prior to the second scheduled class meeting-100% of the refundable portion of the fee. Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting-75% of the refundable portion of the fee. Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting -50% of the refundable portion of the fee. Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedule of refunds. - f inancia >id Eligibility for;$ummer Session ~tten&es !! I 5 Financial aid is',available to students enrolled in ~ & . 6 rW e ~ k ~ nPrograms. d Students wlip maintain3h81f-time status (as defined by the program in .-.L:cli they are enrolled) are eligible nnl; for financial aid. uay rrog Students enrollea m summer Terms I and 11 combined or only Term I1 may be eligible to apply for the Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant. WEC Program No aid is given for summer Term I as it runs concurrently with the WEC spring trimester. 14. Murphy Place 15. Mur h Square 16. ~ u s hall t 17. Nardlc Center 10. Old Maln 19. Oscar Anderson Hall 20. Publlc Relatlons and Communlcatlon College Map lnformatlon 1 Admlsslons Weekday Program Alr Structure Entrance 2 Seasonal Alr Structure 5. Center far Global Educatlon and lnternatlonal Programs 6. Chrlrtenren Center, lnformatlon Desk 7. East Hall 8. Forr Lobeck, Mlles Center for ~ o h h ,l Drama and Communlcatlon 9. Husby-gtrommenTennls Courts 10. Ice Arena 11. JeroyC. Carlson Alumnl Center 12. Malntenanre and Grounds Shoo 13. Mortensen Tower Ramp campus location 35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and rum left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 2lst Avenue South. Students enrolled in summer Term I1 may be eligible for the Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant. To Apply The financial aid deadline for the Summer Session is April 15, 1998. Contact the Ofhce of Student Financial Services at (612) 330-1046 for application materials and additional assistance. Early application is advised. 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn Left at 21st Avenue South. PI,4;q - - .- a( -- . 5; : - . , I-. 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.about augsburg - .7 !fI lytical skills in reading literature and writing about it as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature. Persp.: Aesthetics ACC 2 2 1 3 Principles of Accc Introduction to bu and fundamel cycle, and prt Stoller --..;ities, basic concepts, ounting, the accounting f hnancial statements. 9:OO- 11:20 an W,Th,F Sabella ! E o n s of ~robkmsfacment by independent tnnr* nf instructor before ~ly.Persp.: Old Main 18 ACC 3 2 2 8 Accountino 1neul , ..--. Kader A n anal f financial accou nphasis -- accol g theory p e r t a i n ~ ~to~ gnmanct; !nts, income concepts, valuation concepl PASB statements, and other relevant issues applied to assets. (Prereq.: A C C 222) - - 9:OO-ll:20 am M,T; W,Th,F Music 22 BUS 2 4 2 3 Principles of Management Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organiration, staffing, planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. 6:OO-9:00pm M, T; W,Th BUS 3 9 9 3 Internship Arranged Music 22 Kader of Macroeconomics Gupta ductlon to macroeconomics, national income analysis, mon~ ~dfiscal policy, international trade, econorr ,th.(Prereq.: MPG 2) Persp.: Western el012 9:OO-ll:20 am ,W,Th,F Old Main 16 b uU J 341.Media Technology (.50 Credit) M,T;W,Th,F Room TBA Dyer Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachindlearning situations. Computer training will be included in the course. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher Education Program) 6:OO-9:30pm C H M 223-S Elementary Organic Chemistry TBA This 10-week course is designed for students whose professional goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a chemistry major and credit cannot be given for this course if CHM 351, 352 is taken. It does not fulfill the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352 or the biochemistry requirements for other programs. This course runs from June 1 to Aug. 6 and has two three-hour lab meetings every week. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116) Time TEA - -- June 2,4,9,11,23,25 Library 20 --.-ENG 2 2 3 3 Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals is emphasized. Students are encouaged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq: ENG 111) Graduation Skill: Writing 6:OO-9:OO pm M, T; W,Th Old Main 13 ENG 2 4 5 3 Introduction to Literature Swanson In this course students are initiated into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. The course aims to expand students' critical and ana- 9:OO-11:20 am M,T;W.Th,F Old Main 10 Eric Rhomer, Claude Chabrol, and others. Parallel to a discussion on the aesthetic aspects specific to each author and genre, we will study different cultural themes. The films are in French with English subtitles. The class work is in English. 1:OO-320 pm M,T;W,Th,F Old Main 25 SPA I l l - S H I S _ S. History of the Twin Cities ~ i ~ b ~ lBeginning l Spanish I Soto four basic skills: understanding, ~h~ ~ i ~and ~ paul ~area serves ~ lAimsi to develop ~ as~ a case~ speaking, reading, and writing of elementary study for the themes of frontier urbanization, Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the industrialization and economic change, transSpanish-speaking world. ~aboratorywork is an portation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban integral part of this course. Persp.: intercultural politics and reform. Persp.: The City 9:OO-11:20 am M,T;W,Th, F Old Main 13 Awareness 2 st, 1:OO-320pm PSYC I N S 199-S/399-S Internship Olson A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement with a faculty member that links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. M, T; W,Th,F Old Main 29 , PSY 3c- _ Behavior Disorders Hanson A n introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from organic, and p s y c ~ o ~ o g ipoints c a ~ of view, prereq,: PSY 102 or 105) 6:oo-g:oo pm M,T;W,T~ Old Main 23 Arranged I MAT 105-S Applied Algebra Provides an introduction to algebra and its applications to the social, natural, and physical sciences, business, and everyday life. Topics covered include understanding and solving linear, quadratic, and exponential equations, the connections between equations, graphs, numbers and the situations they describe, and the use of a scientific calculator. (Prereq.: MPG 2 or consent of instructor) 9:OO-11:20am M,T;W,Th,F Science 108 -))) Topics: French and duRivage Francophone Culture in Film A n introduction to the main cultural issues that characterize French and Francophone societies as they have been portrayed in the works of such filmmakers as Francois Truffaud, Maurice Pialat, REL 353-S Denominations and Religious Groups in America Bussert A study of beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian denominations and of many contemporary religious groups. Some controversial religious movements will also be considered. Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 ~:oo.g:oopm M,T;W,T~ Foss 43 REL 357 Giants of the Faith Tranvik Looks at the lives and thinking of some important Christians. The mix of biography and theology makes for stimulating reading and discussion. We will study figures like Augustine, Martin Luther King Jr., and Dorothy Day. Persp.: Christian ~a$a2~mqfn~on M,,wTh Science 212 \ term I 7 -august ART 107-S Drawing Drawing in gr; pencils. Subjects in' . Cerrito elated to the management Persp.: A ART 11'-' Painting o painting meala ana recnnlque lntroduc acrylic a m "11. Persp.: Aesthetics 6:OO-9:30pm T; Th Old Mair; ART 132-S/ART 132-T Photography Friederichsen The camera will be used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $200-$225. Persp.: Aesthetics Section S1:OO-4:30pm Section T6:OO-9:30pm M, w Old Main 4 Music 22 i ~ r i n c i ~ l of e s Comnuting for Business Schwalbe re to develop understanding An introducl ---7ts and specific skills in of basic c o m p ~ , are (Windows, Word, using microcoml Excel, Access, Powerromt, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with a strong computer background are encouraged to take MIS 370 instead of MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG 2) 6:OO-9:30pm T; Th FOSS42 Old Main 4 C H M 223-&See ACC 222-S Principles of Accounting 11 Kader A coniinuation of ~ ~ ~ 2Introduction 2 1 . to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-makine, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: A C C 221) 9:OO-lO:45am M,T; W,Th Foss 21 BUS 3 4 0 3 Human Resource Management Cerrito Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) 6:OO-9:30pm M, w Music 22 0 Term one 0 ECO 110-S Economics of Urban Issues Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment by independent study. Students need signature of instructor before Term 11 begins. Call 330-1152. PIN only. Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Arranged ECO 1 1 2 3 Principles of Macroeconomics Gupta lntroduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2 Old Main 16 6:OO-9:30pm T; Th ECO 113-S Principles of Microeconomics Sabella lntroduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1 or 2 6:OO-9:30pm M, W Old Main 29 ECO 315-S Money and Banking Gupta Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112) 6:OO-9:30pm M. W Old Main 16 EDU 21023 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting Strait A survev of educational osvcholow = topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105 is strongly recommended.) Persp.: Human Identity 6:OO-9:30om % Th Library 17 ., EDE 37723 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (.25 credit) Stangl Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher Education Program) June 29, July 1, 6, 8, 13,15 6:30-8:30pm b Th Old Main 4 EDE 386-S Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature (.50 credit) Graves Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences, (Prereq,: PPST and admission to Teacher Education Program) 5:30-8:30pm M, W Library EDE 387-S Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (.50 credit) Therres Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher Education Program) Graduation Skill: Writing 5:30-8:30pm Library 17 M, w EDS 3 9 0 3 Communication Skills in the English Classroom LaDuca This course is for English-education majors who plan to teach high school English. It is designed to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral interpretation, listening, and small group discussions as well as to explore methodologies for teaching and incorporating these skills in the high school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher Education Program) 6:OO-9:30pm T; Th Science 112 EDS 391-S Teaching Mass Media (a50 credit) LaDuca This course is for English-education majors who plan to teach high school English. Students will explore the nature of media, examining the whys of teaching media, how to go about it effectively, what kind of assumptions media education was based on in the past, and how to incorporate media education into the English curriculum. Students will learn how to be discriminating users of mass media and how to teach others to be the same. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher Education Program) 6:OO-9:30pm M Science 112 ENG 282-S Topics:Women Monsters and Monstrous Best Kramer Enjoy reading horror novels like Frankenstein, Dracula, or the works of S t e ~ h e nKine and Anne Rice? This class explores why readers are attracted to "monstrous" genres and how monstrosities affect the representation of women and marginalized groups in contemporary popular culture. 6:OO-9:36 M, w Old Main 13 IHISTORY . .- INS 414-2 Rhetoric (forme The rhetoris colonial tin rhetorical perspc Rhetorical critic - of a UnitedlStates Yugy Iav relationship qf-md the prc' ' &the 1 s to Europe. 6Th Ola - INS 199-S/399-S Internship Olson dents design a learning aareemenz th a faculty member that links the-ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. ) Nilsson lerican feminists from alyzed to develop a American feminism. e means of analvsis. Pers~.: k i n g Spanish I1 Soto Four basic skills: understandAims to deve I, and writing of elementary ing, speaking, , o the culture of the Spanish. Introdt Laboratory work is an Spanish-speakin, .-.;. integral part of the course. Persp.: lntercultural Awareness 3 1:OO-2:45 pm M, 6 W,Th Old Main 29 POL 282-S Asian Americans and the Politics of Identity Aoki This course focuses on Asian Americans and recent political battles over the American identity We will seek to understand Asian American views of these controversies, and we will also consider the larger context in which Asian Americans find themselves. The class will revolve around discussions of readings, films, and current political issues. 6:OO-9:30 pm M, W Old Main 10 REL 3 6 9 3 Religious Imagination in Modem Literature Stratton Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism, and world view. Reading and discussion of several novels. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3 6:OO-9:30 pm M, w Old Main 11 Arranged INS 225-S Introduction to Islam Kader The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). A visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities is included. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I 6:OO-9:30 pm 6 Th Foss 43 PHY 101-S Astronomy Hansen A descriptive course covering the solar system, stars, and galaxies. The course also traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. Night viewing and lab sessions are important components of the course. Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are required. (Prereq.: MPG 2), Persp.: Natural World 2 6:OO-9:30 prn M, w REL 4 7 2 3 Paul the Apostle Quanbeck I1 A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3 and Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking 3:OO-6:00 prn 6 Th Old Main 16 Science 123 SWK 260-S Humans Developing Rooney This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors that influence the growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus. Persp.: Human Identity 6:OO-9:30pm 6 Th Old Main 25 SOC 3 5 6 3 Crime and Community Bloom Analysis of correctional programs and community responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special attention to concepts of restorative justice. (Prereq.: Soc 121) 1:OO-4:30pm 6 Th Old Main 10 SPC 329-S Intercultural Communication Lapakko This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 6:OO-9:30prn M, w Old Main 18 SPC 4143 Speaking of Women: American Feminist Rhetoric (formerly Feminist Rhetoric) Nilsson The rhetoric of selected American feminists from colonial times to now is analyzed to develop a rhetorical perspective on American feminism. Rhetorical criticism is the means of analysis. Persp.: Human Identity; Graduation Skill: Speaking 6:OO-9:30prn 6 Th Old Main 11 summer term a h center for global education upcoming programs: "Developing - - a Multicultural Perspective: A graduate level course for educators in Cue1 aca, Mexico" July 6-19, 1998 (Augsburg ' . ' L course credit auuc~ole) - "Peace Issues in Central Americ: June 12-22, 1998 with rhe 1.11thers "Peo July : ' ' r Lives and ( I (wit1 "Guatemala in the August 1-9, 1998 .,. xas A uM El Salvador and Honduras' University) I Wgr Period" 3 ;ions, Laying Foundations. "South Africa: Heali Transforming SoEietj June 1 7 - ~ u 1 ~ Human Rights Travel/Study Seminar in Mexico July 13-22, 1998 (includes Mexico G't and Chiapas) 9 For more information and other possible trips, contact the Center for Global Education directly at 330-1159 or: globaled@augsburg.edu A
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1999
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ' 17 ssion '99 , -v #' &/ augsburg in the summer Augshurg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. Term I runs from June 1 to June 25. Term I1 runs from June 28 to Aug~lst5...
Show more ' 17 ssion '99 , -v #' &/ augsburg in the summer Augshurg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. Term I runs from June 1 to June 25. Term I1 runs from June 28 to Aug~lst5. A cietailed listing of courses begins on page 8. term one June 1 to J ~ l n e25 term two June 28 to August 5 about augsburg Augshurg College is a four-year, liberal arts college locatcci in the heart of Min~~eapolis, ancl affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran C h ~ l r c hin America, Augshurg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools."' T h e small college environment, ahont 3,000 s t ~ ~ d e n(luring ts the acacle~llicyear, is enriched by the Inany opport~lnitiesfound in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of c u l t ~ ~ rand a l recreational activities. summer session info Course loads in Summer Session: Students may take one course credit during Term I and up to two course credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a valile of one course credit. O n e Augsburg course credit is the equivalent of four semester credits and six quarter credits. Augsburg general education: Co~lrsesfillfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts Perspectives and Graduatio~l Skills requirements are so noted along with the description of the course. Course levels: T h e first digit of the three-digit course number indicates the course level. Course numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores; course n~llnhersheginning with a "3" or "4" are upper division and are primarily for juniors and seniors. Independent study: Independent stildies [nay be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members. Internships: In acidition to those listed, internship opportunities may he arranged individually during the summer. Acade~nicinternships are carefi~lly planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a faculty me~nber.Consult the Center for Service, Work, and Learning at (612) 330-1 148 for more information. -'N r ~ l . l h(:?r~rl-nl A > \ o c i n [ i o ~of~ College$ n l i d Schoolr, C o ~ i u m i \ s i o ~OILi Ili,tiurtiol~s ofHi~11e1. Edtrsarion, (3 12) 263-0456. \&I7 rite <zuit'u,.~lcnsihe.orfi> Employer reimbursement: Students who clualify for reimb~lrsement their employers may use their reimbursement - to pay tor Summer Session courses. Housing: Students \vho need housing lnay contact the Resicience Life Office at (612) 330-1488. The College reserves the right to cancel listed courses. information Additional infor~nationmay be obtained from: Augsburg College C a ~ n p u sBox #I44 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1787 Summer Session Coordinator Terry Cook eligibility Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such instit~ltions,and students admitted for the next fall term are eligible to attend Augshurg Summer Session. Good stancling implies that the st~ldenthas heen admitted and not subsecl~~ently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer courses should contact the coordinatc>r of summer school to ascertain eligibility ~ l n d e special r circumstances. Students accepted for Summer Session are not ; u ~ t o ~ n a t i c agranted ll~ admission as reg~llarst~ldentsof Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program a t ALlgsbLlrg shOLlldapply to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, (612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College Admissions Office, (612) 330-1 743. of augsburg r Sum iition ( 1 cou a tuition rate: tuition rerupa ! T e $5'U.00 re per course DIIC deposit undable. A refund of all or pa^^- the remaining fee is calculated from :ourse t h e date of t h e student's oi I cancellation a t t h e Enroll Financial Services Cent? Schedule of refunds: Prior to t h e second scheduled class meeting-100% of the ref~~ndable portion of the fee. Prior to the fourth s c h e d ~ ~ l eclass d ~neeting-75% of the r e f i t n d a b l e portion of t h e fee. Prior to the sixth sched~lledclass tneeting-50% of t h e refundable portion of the fee. Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled class sessions w i l l use a prorated version of the schedule of refi~nds. ,.., - ble to students wee&mp"'. aintai 2d by the program in .e enrolled) are eligible .or hnancial aid. Day progi I n t e r s l a t e 94 W e s t n summer Terms I Sti~dentser and I1 comb~neo- o r only Term 11 may be eligible to apply for the Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the M i n n e s o t a State Grant. WEC program N o aid i s given for summer Term Ias it runs concurrently w i t h the WEC spring trimester. Students enrolled in summer Term I1 may be eligible for t h e Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or t h e Minnesota State Grant. 1 Undergraduale Adrn~ss~ons Oll~ce 2 Air Slructure Enlrance November lhrough March 3 Amerlcan Indian Sludent Services and Pan-Afrlkan Student Services 4. Anderson-Nelson Athlel~cFleld and Seasonal Alr Struclure 5. Cenler for Global Educallon and lnler!lallonal Programs 6. Chr~stensenCenler, lnfarmal~onDesk 7. East Hall 8 Foss, Lobeck, Mlles Center for Worsh~p, Drama and Commun~cal~on 9. Husbv-Strommen Tennls Courts 10. Ice Arena 11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alurnn~Cenler 12,Malntenance and Grounds Shop 13. Mortensen Tower 14. Murphy Place 15. Murphy Square 16. MUSIC Hall 17. N o r d ~ cHouse 18. Old Maln 19. Oscar Anderson Hall 20. Public Relations and Comrnunicat~on 21 Ouad 22.Sclence Hall 23. Secur~tqDlspalch Center 24. Shlpplng and Recebvmg 25 SI Melby Hall 26,Sverdrup Hall 27,Sverdruo-Oltedal Memor~alHall 28. Urness ~ o w e r 29.Slle for N e w Residence Hall 3O.James G, Llndell Falnlly Llbrary Parking Lols A Adm~sr~onslFacullylStallPark~ny 8. FacullylStallICommuled Res~dentParking C. FacullylSlalf Parking 0. FacullylStalfICommuler Parking E. Commuler Park~ny F Resldent Parking G. Visitor Parkong H Fa~rview-Un~vers~tq Med~calCenlet Ramp Pay parking available campus location 35W from the North- Taklkc W a s h i n g t o n A v e n ~ l ec s ~ and t t u r n l e f t on W a s l ~ i n g t o n( t ~ ~ r t Ii isg l i t o ~ i t ( >C c l l a r A v c n ~ ~ c ) , t u r n left a t Rivcrsiclc A v c n u c , right a t 2 l a t To apply A\,CL~LIC So~~tli. The financial aid deadline for the Summer Session i s April 15, 1999. T'lkc 2 5 t h A v c n u c exit, t u r n I c f t a t 2 5 t h A v c n ~ ~ c , Contact the Enrollment and Financial Services Center at (612) 330-1046 for application materials and additional assistance. Early application is advised. 1-94 E a s t from M i n n e a p o l i s u r n l e f t a t R i v e r s i d e A v c t i ~ ~ cturn , lcft a t 2 l s t AVCIIII~S c ) ~ ~ t h . 1-94 W e s t from St. PaulT a k e R i v e r s i d e e x i t , t u ~ rni g h t a t R i v c r s i c l c A v e n u e , tt11.n l c f t a t 2 l s t Avenue South. 35W from t h e South- Follow the 1-94 St, P a u l s i j i n s ( ~ u o v ct o r i g l i t of t\vo m c r g c l - s ) . Takc 2 5 t h lalie after cacli A v e n u c e x i t and t u r n l e f t a t R i v e ~ j i d eA v c n u e , turn left a t 2 l s t A v e n u e S(,~~tli. term one iune I to iuni 25 1 and adnlission to teal L i m i t : I 6 students 9-1 7:20 am Anderson I through conteluporary ' T c t u l e and folk arts. b t w r a A u a ; i o n Skill: Speaking W,Th,F Lindell 16 7 EDS 3 5 6 3 Music Methods: mass and Percussion (.50 c&) Stuily and ap mate~ials,an, A Stacke Music 3 C es o f Accountine I I x i o n t o business act~vities,basic and fi~ndalnentalsu f accounting, t1.p 3pcoun nent . cycle, and p ~ c p a r a t i oo~fi financial 9- 11:20 am M,T;W,Th,F Main ACC 3228 , Kader Accounting T h e o r y & Practice A n analysis o f financial account1 w ~ t hemphas~s , o n accounting theory pertaining tlr h l ~ a n c ~statcal ments, income cc~ncepts,v a l u a t i ~ nconcepts, FASB statements, and other relevant iss~~es as applied t o assets. (Prel-eq.: A C C 222) 9-71:20 am M,T;W,Th,F Music 22 B U S 242-S Principles of Management Cerrito Development o f tlie thecl~yo f Inanagcluent, organization, stafling, planning, and c o n t n ~ lT h e nature o f a u t l ~ c i r i t ~ accciuntahility, , nnd rcsponsihility; analysis of the role of the pn~fessionalmanage!. 6-9 pm M, T; W,Th,F Music 22 E D U 2 10-S Learning and Development i n an Educational Setting Strait A survey o f educational psychology t~ipicsas applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed o n classnlom applications. (PSY 105: Principles o f Psychology is strongly reconunended.) Pe~sp.:Human Identity 3-6 pm M,T; W,Th Sverdrup 7 EDU3418 Media Technology (.50 credit) Erickson Psycl~ologicaland pl~ilosophicaldimensions o f c o m ~ n u n i c a t i ( ~thn,ugh n the ilse o f instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation (if effective audio-visual ~naterials for teachingllearning situations Computer t ~ a i n ing w i l l be included i n the course. (Prerecl : PPST Intermediate tory W r i t i n g Swanson This course hullcis o n the p~acticcsand meth(~ds (if effective writing ( E N G 111). Its \ r ~ o ~ k s h oforp lnat stlcsscs style and organization, the pn>cesso f revision, self and peer ev;lluation, and the relationship hctwccn reading and writing. (Prcrcq: E N G 111) Gradrlation Skill: W ~ i t i n g 3-6 pm M, T; W,Th Old Main 10 E N G 25 1-S Readings i n American Literature Clayton This course considers selectcci l i t e ~ a r yand 11istcir1cal texts and hclw these texts lend thcmselvcs t o an understancling o f the Western rvo~Id fiom a n Amcrican perspectlvc. Rcadings w i l l include w ~ i t ings hy Auncrican women and people of c o l o ~ Persp.: Western Hel-irage Old Main 16 6-9 pm M,TW,Th E N G 2821382-S Aggergaard Topics: W r i t i n g about the A r t s It's easy tu say a movie is great, a h~icikwas dry, n c(1ncert was ~uarvelous,111 a play was boring. Rut i t is difhcult f01 luany people t o say (>I writc luorc than that. This course w i l l help you put you^ opinions and analysis o f fine arts into words and, i n tlie end, w i l l help yc~uappreciate the a1 ts more. 9- 7 7:20 am M,T;W,Th,F Old Main H P E 0 0 2 3 (0.0 credit) Lifetime Sports: Racquet Sports Ludeman This class is designed to introduce a variety o f lifetime racket spurts to students Basic skills, tenminology, rules, and strategies w i l l hc intnlduced and dcvelclped. Graduation Skills.: Lifetilile Sport L i m i t : 8 students. Melby Gym 10 am-noon June 1-12 H I S 225-S Kimball H i s t o r y and the T w i n Cities T h e Minneapolis and St. Paul alea scrvc as a case study for the thc~uesof f ~ ( ~ n t i urhanizatic~n, cr i n d u s t ~ i a l i z a r i oand ~ rccinomic change, tr'insp<xrdtion, i m m i g ~ a t i o nand ethnicity, and u ~ h a n politics anci r c f o r ~ uPe~sp.:T h e C i t y 9-1 7:20 am M,T; W,Th,F Old Main 73 HIS 3483 Russia and the Soviet Anderson U n i o n i n the 2 0 t h Century This cc~u~se f~icuseson events from the Russian Revolutions 11f1917 thn,ujih tlic collapse ( i f the Soviet U n i u l i and the cmelgcncc o f the Russian Rcpuhlic. Pel-sp : lntcrcultural Awn~encss1 6-9 pm M, T; W,Th Old Main 73 INS 1053 Introduction t o American Indian Studies Jacobson A n ovcrvien~o f the A n ~ e r i c a nIndian sti~diesCLIriculu~n-history and litcrciture, fede~alIndian policy, land issues, reservation and LII ban issues, c ~ o s s - c u l t u ~~nfluenccs, al art, music, and langi~age. ( R c q u i ~ e dfc11 American Indian studies mi no^) P c ~ s p: I n t e ~ - c u l t ~Awareness ~~al 1 6-9 pm T; Th Old Main 18 INS 2603 Contemporary American Indians Kiahna This c~iurseexamines the si(uatio11of Amellcan Indians in the United States since the Indian Re<,rganization A c t (1934). Emphasis is tin current issues o f tribal st~\;ereignty,treaty rights, and educaticin. T h e tension o f cultural change is lhighlipl~ted Persp : lntercultural A\\,arcncss 1 6-9 pm M, w Old Main 29 I N S 199-S/399-S Internship Olson A wo~k-hasedleallling cxpcricnce i n which a student designs a learning agreelnent plan that links tlie ~ ~ p o r t i ~ n ~ t i e s a responsihilitics and found in the placement w i t h specihc learn~ngobjectives that al-e evaluated for academic credit T h e internship placement and learning plan must be approvccl hy the faculty supervisol-. P/N g~ading. Arranged 'Note: Internships may also be arranged with individual faculty. Contact the academic department directly to make arrangements. SPA I l l - S Beginning Spanish 1 Farrell Aims to develop four hasic skills: i~nderstanding, speaking, reading, and writing o f elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory w o ~ kis an integrd part o f this cotuse. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 1-3:20pm M,T;W,Th,F Old Main 29 POL 1703 L a w in the U n i t e d States Underhill-Cady A n intrc~ductic~n to A n ~ e r i c a nlaw and legal pr<icesscs Theories o f law; law and society; roles o f courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the U.S Constitution as "supreme" law; and law as politics. Pcrsp.: Social World 1 111 2 ' ?Id Main 13 '-3:20 pm M,T; W,T t PSY 3 6 2 3 Abnormal Psychology Hanson An intnxiuction tc~psychokigical disorders. (Prcreq : PSY 102 or 105) 6-9 pm M,T;W,Th Old Main 25 REL 3 5 7 3 Giants of the Faith Tranvik A study o f the lives and tlicokigy o f well-known Chi istian thinkers. Inclucled are figures like Augustinc, Bonhoeffer, and Dorothy Day. Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 9-1 1:20 am M,T;W,Th,F Old Main 76 srttcn, CUMM~NIUAI IUN IWD THEATRE ARTS SPC 1 11-S Public Speaking Groven T h e coulse focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and overccming speech fright. (Note: Students lnay take either SPC 111 or SPC 112 for credit, hut n o t hoth) Graduation Skill: Speaking Old Main 29 9-1 7:20 am M, T; W,Th,F r d term two h june 28 to au I 5 M I S 175-S I'rinsiplcq c ~ fCoin 7-S Ura ill gr.1 Dra, cilh. Suhjccts il intcri(>rr and c Pc~dap.:A c s t h e ~ 6-9 pm . c v c l ~ > ip~ n d c n t ~ ~ n i l ~ n g skills i n 1-c (\Vi11cioivh, W , ~ t ~ i , -life hgu~'cs, huiWinC <Ic s l > c r ~ ~ u c n rwork. ;il h~~si~ic~.i-~clatccI ;a l ~ d pecihc . Old Main 17 1 Student? 5v1 ART 11 8 - S Paint prrr 6-9 pm J, Th Foss 42 J, Th ART 1 3 2 3 Photography T h e camera i v i l l he 11scd. ' . ECO315-S M o n e y and Banb ,, Gupta F u ~ i c t i o t u ~oi gf the n u ~ n c ~ n ;inJ r y I~ankin:: syatcluc, 11x1-t~cularly c o ~ i u u c ~ - c h.ink\, ~.ll [he Fcdcr.rl R c s c ~ v cSyatcni ancl its role 111 relation tti aggrcc ~ t c c o n < ~ l ~acrlvity. iic E~ilphnsispl;lceii o n mollcr.11-y t l i c ~ l l yancl policy- (I'rercq.: ECO 112) 3-6 pm M.W Old Main 10 EDS 3 9 1 3 LnDnca Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit) T h i s cti~lrbcIS for E n c l i s l ~ - c L i ~ l c n majols t i ~ i ~ ~ \ell11 plan to tcnch h i g h \ch<~<,l English. Sruclcnts w i l l explore the n w t ~ ~ or cf mccli;i as "con.cilirlsl~csc indus~rics,"cs;i~iiininl:the whys lit' ~ c ~ i c h i n g m c d ~ ; i l,i l ~ \ r to ' En ahc~ilti t citccti\,cly, lint k i n d 11i a*\ulupti,int m c d ~ aciluc;ition \\-,is h,lsc~l011 i n the past, ;incl li<,\v t ~ ,incci~pc]~,;~tc liicilin cduc.~tion i n t o rhc English c111riculu111. S t ~ l d c n t \\.ill ? hcct~~llc i n \v111 h ~ m i l i a rw i t h ;ill iol-~nsn l m l r s ~ u c ~ l;ind ~ ~ n d c ~ - \ r the a n Jinipwcr o f mc<lia ( i n t l i c ~ lI~vc.;. uwrh Stildcnts w i l l Icarn ho\v L<I he cliacr~~nin;ltin::ii~~iti~iji [if mass mcdi.1 ;lnd lhcn\' tc> tcncli ntlic~.; to Ihc the aaluc. (l'rcl-cil.: PPST and ;~dmissionLO rc;~clicr cduc;~rl~]n pn)graiii) Sverdrup 1 M 6-9:30 pm HIS4403 Topics in W o r l d H i s t o r y : F r o m H i t l e r to the Anderson Fall o f thc B e r l i n W a l l T h i s c o i ~ r \ cp ~ o v i c l c historic;~l \ pcrspccti\,c n n slime o f the security, I x ~ l i t i w l ,and c c o n o ~ i ~ pmhic lclus f x i n g ELIIN>~X .it t l i c end o f the millcnnitllu c~ the ~ l ~ l i iili ct t c ~ i l p t i l i gto nrscs and u n ~ l .;rnncl f i ~ t t ~ (if r c NATO, the possibilitic\ ,if.i U n i t e d , 'iugc>slav p ~ l i h l c m and , the Strites (if E u ~ . ~ i l wthe rclati<insh~p o f Russi;l ,ind the U n i t e d States to EU~CI~C.T h e coLIr\c h c g i n ~wit11 ii c o ~ ~ s ~ d c t i iotfi ~ i ~ i tic LVc~rld\Vari I ancl II w i t h i n a c l ~ p l ~ ~ m acc>ntcst .ind includcr c n a ~ i i ~ n a toi ~ f the ~ n ~ i i o t i v c stor West Europe111cco110111icnnd Ipolitic.~l i n t c g r . r t i < i ~ ~ . 6-9 pm J, Th Old Main 13 usl'~ls~~iq ;~ti\,it, m i exp-c?.i<ui ~11itc1h .-. tojirapliic prc~ce~sci. Stuclcntb 11 cccks to a 35m1n, single-lens reflex camel i l i ~ a t c i co\t l of t i l ~ u ctc.: , $2110-225. Pcrhp.: Aeathcticc 6-9 pm M. w Old Main 4 ACC 2223 Kader Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g 11 A conrinllarion <if A C C 221. lntrc,duction t,, Ihusincss ,ictivitic.;, a c c o u ~ ~ t for i ~ ~co~.p,ir:itions. g n.ls~c cnnccpts nlul fllnd;l~ncnr,ils o f mnn:igc~-~;ll acccinnting, 1il;lnning and cc>ntr<>ll~ng prc~ccsscs, ~ I ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ l i - alicl ~ i l hcIi;i\,iolh,i1 a k i l i ~ , considcr.lti~ln\. (Prcccil.: A(:C 22 1 ) 9-10:45 am M,J,W,Th Foss 2 1 B U S 340-S H u m a n Resoorce Management Cerrito , Pcl:c<~nnclfilnctic~nin business, n c q i ~ i \ i t i o n and utiliz;itic~no f h i ~ m a nrcsriul-cch; ~lcsir,il>lc\\,<irking rel.~ti~~n.;hipz; cftccrlvc intcjir.ltion <IF the \vc>~-kc~. w i t h the gc,;il\ ( i f tlic tirill and x>cicty. ( P r c ~ ~ c l . : nus 242) 6-9 pm 1; Th Music 22 BUS 4403 Operations Management cerrito Concepts nnil principles r c l ; ~ t c ~t i[i the IiYnnagcnwnr (if cilwr.~tingh l i i c t i ~ ~ nt;iught s fn111i a liiann ~ c r l aviewl>oint l \\,it11 cxn~ulilcsfrom varicltl\ industries and scctcxa. (Prcrcq.: R U S 242 ,11~concent o f i n r r ~ ~ l ~ c t ~ i ~ ~ ) 6-9 pm M, W Music 22 EDE 3 7 7 3 Kindergarten-Elementary C u r r i c u l u m : Science (.25 credit) Stan~I (IF ~nntc~.l;ll\;and Ex,imin;ition ; ~ n dpl-elwr,lti<~l~ r c \ < ~ ~ ~ l .hci cr \science at the k~nclcr.;~~.~cn nil clcnlcntnry Icvcl. (PI-crcq.: PPST ;inLl ;iiilnission to r ~ ; l c I i c rcduc;ltio11prclgl.;ilu) 6:30-8:30 pm T,Th Science 315 EDS 3 9 0 3 C o m ~ n u n i c a t i o nSkills i n the English Classrooln LaDuca nmjors w h o TI115 ~ , ~ L I I . A ~ic for E11glisli-cdl1c;1tii111 plan 111 tc;icl~Ihiuli c l i o < i l English. I t 1s dcsijinccl to Improve atllilcnt.;' b k ~ l l s111p ~ l h l i cspeaking, 111:11 i ~ l t c r p r c t a t ~ o li\rcning, n, and sui.~llgrcillp cli\cuscil~~~ics hio115, CIS \\,ell as to cxl>lorc ~ i ~ c t l ~ ~ ~ c l for \kills i n the hioh tcachinc anil ~ n c ~ i r l i i i r a [ i nthc\c c \ c l u l ~ i lEllfili.;li c u r ~ ~ i c u l u l i(Prcrcq: i. PPST ;unil a<luiiasi~into tc;ichcr c<lucatil~np ~ t i # r . i ~ n ) 6-9:30 pm T, Th Sverdrup 20 E N G 282-S/382-S Topics: T h e C i t y : Garden and Wilderness Griffin T h e p ~ ~ \ (if v et ~l ~ cclry to 1 1 c i l 1 1 i\h 01- c o ~ r u p tthe lu~m,lns r i l ~ lIS ;ithcuic i n 11ii1cl1\VCI~CIIIIitcr.1turc. In Alncric,in ~iiyrIiol~,gy,i t appeils i n the nlctal>lion ( i f rhc g.11dcn and rlic wilclcrnc\\. 7111s ctiursc cxplo~.cs tlicsc t l i c n i c i ;as thcy ;~plw.ivi n ~ i i ~ , ~ l cAnlcric;in rn puctly, nc>vcls,plays, tilnb, ;~lud essays. W c w ~ l turn l t c s t i 111tucspcricncc ;111d cspcl-icncc i11Lc1 Lcxtr; w.ilking c ~ c u ~ s i o ni na \YIII S I I ~ ~ ~ ~ C I I ~ C IcliissI~ M i n n c , i l x ~ l ~;ilal s St. P,~LII suIiject\ fol > t ~ ~ i l c ~ i t s ' r(111111i i i s c t ~ \ s ~ oiiliil l ~ s f~11.1i1sl1 " u r l u n c\r,iy\ " P c ~ s ~ >T.h: e C i t y Old Main 10 6-9 pm M, W I N S 199-S/399-S Internship Olson A \ v o r k - l ~ a r c Ic.lrning ~i csper~cncci n n d ~ i c lstili dents clc>ign a learnin?: ; ~ g ~ c c l n c nwt ~ t h;I 6c~culty mc~iil,cl- that link5 thc i~lc;i\;ind 111etlloilbo f their in the ~>l;icc~ i i a j o rrci rlic o p l x m t ~ ~ n i r ~ Foi~ncI c\ mcnt. ~ ; i r t i c i l i a r i o n111 a scmin'll I chpcctccl. (1,nsult iiist~.i~ctc>r for cl.irihcntion, Pcrbp.: T l l c City Arranged *Note: Internships may also be arranged with individual faculty. Contact the academic department to make arrangements. INS 1053 I n t r o d u c t i o n to American l n d i a n Studies Jacobson E N G 361-S Thi, c , ~ i ~ r sisc an i n t ~ c ~ d u c t tci l r i the ~ ~ content Clayton Studies in M o d e r n F i c t i o n .iI.ca.i o f the A ~ u c r ~ c . lInl ~ d i a l,tililies i curriculu~ii, c>nc o n t c m p ~ ~y ~20th-,~~ T h e ~ L I L I ~focusca *~ century prclrc \vt,rks. I t inclucics N;iti\,c A ~ i i c ~ ~ c a n including ;111 ovcrvicw n f A l i ~ c r i c , l nIndian history, Amcricnn I ~ i ~ l i al itr ic l n t u ~ e ,fcclc~,ll I n i l ~ ; r n ,ind Eu~c~pc;in \vriLcrs, \\,it11 a n cmpliasls 011 policy, lancl ~ssucs,r c c c ~ v ; ~ r i <;anti ~ n ilrh.ln Icrucs, nun-Wcstcrn (ASI;ILI and Af1ic;ln) hctio11. cniss-cultillal intlucnccs, art, mucic, .ind I;inguagc. (l'relcil.: EN(; 245 or cclnwnt o f instructor) (Rcqrlircti for Auicl-ic;ln 1nill;ln studies ~ i i l n u r . ) I. (;ladu;iti<~n Pcrsp.: l n t c r c u l t u ~ ; ~Awal-cncss l 1 Pclrll-: 1ntcrcultur;ll A\\J,~I-cncs\ Skill: W r i t i n g Science 212 6-9 pm J, Th 6-9pm J, Th Old Main 10 _ T 25-S uctiol. wrbe i - ne 28 to a Kader ~ x ~ i c t i c ~Mnugs l i ~ ut , ~ lust 5 = Spb I I to ~ non-Muslim.;. : ~ ~ l i ~ g ~f<1~1~ici,it101ia c;il T l i c co~lrsc\ [IF Islam, its PSY 3 5 2 3 Adolescrnt and Young A d u l t Developlnent Hanson Cons~~lcr.itic~n o f rc\carcli anil tlicc~ly~clatcclto i l c v c l ~ ~ ~ x i iduring cnt the a ~ l ~ i l c s c c; ~~int dy ~ ) ~ ~ n g ailulr y c ~ l ~ s(P~*cl-eq.: . PSY 102 (11. 105) 6-9 pm M, T; W,Th Old Main 25 Farrell skilla: t~nderbtan~l- :prs and tenets, Islamic 1;1\\, m ~ > < ~ ~ i ~ii~i~l i c p < ~ l i ~ i csysal (Sliari'ali), 1 tculs, : ~ n dI.;] <Ilk.T l i c r c \\,ill alacl Ihc ii c o ~ ~ s i ~ l c crcncca hct\vccn the Islamic cftll,l't t8 hctn.cc d ivr~tin:: ( i f c l c m c n r ~ i ~ - ~ <IF the the cult~l~.c ' .... . .- , .. is a n I~LI~<II M, T; W,Th SOC 3 5 6 3 C r i m e and C o ~ n ~ n u n i t y Bloom An;ilysi\ ( j f c t ~ ~ c c t i oplojirmis ~~il aliii c c i ~ i i ~ ~ i u n ~ r y Icsponacs. Lecture, ~ l ~ s c u s \ i o n kind , i r e visits t11 priscins, curlrts, and colluuunity agcncics. Spcci.il c i r i \ ~jujticc. c ; ~ t t e n t i o nto c<>nccprsof Icttc>~ (Prcrcq.: Sos 121 ) 1-4:30 pm J, Th Old Main 18 Main 29 REL 1 1 1 3 H\v;lrcncss 1 6-9:30 pm T; Th 'Id Main 16 h MAT 1 0 5 3 A p p l i e d Algebra Staff ;II~ i i i t ~ o ~ l ~ ~ to c r;il~ ::cl;n.s o n . ~ n i ira i uppliP~,t~vidcs c,~rionsto tlic x ~ c i ; i l ,natul-'11,and p I i ~ s i c . ~acil cnccs; hukincss; nil cvc~yclaglife. Tc>liica cri\,crcd incluclc ~ ~ n ~ l e r s r a n dand i n g sol\,in:. linc.~r,i l r l a d ~ a t ic, slid csponcntl;~l cqu;~ti,~na,rhc ct,~uicctic,ns hctwccn c i l ~ ~ ~ ~ rg~-;iphc, i ~ l n s , nr~nthcrb,nnd rllc a i t ~ ~ ; r t~c>nr they clc.;cnhe, ,inJ the IIW of;^ scicntihc c.11culat<~r.(I'rcrcil.: MIJ(; 2 <,Iciinhcnt o f in\tructoi.) 6-9 pm M, w MAT 1 7 3 3 M a t h o f Interest Kaminsky Learn h < ~ \ to v d e t c r n ~ i n cthe ~ n o n t h l yp a y ~ i i c n t \ or car. F ~ l uol u Iulrv ~ ~ i i i ~ c~ lOi I I nccil tc, o n ;I I~<ILIX he stocking ;l\e,iy 11ow to have a m i l l i o n \ehcn y,,~ ~ t c t ~ r cLC.I'-I ho\~ ;11ill~1itics, pcrpctr~itics,and 11fc ~ n \ r ~ r a n c\v111'k, c ancl morc. Ev;ilua~ion\ r ~ ~hc ll hnbccl on cla\ctrx~mp a ~ ~ t i c i l ~ a t i q~~izzcs, c~n, and ;i hnal cx;~~run;~ti<>n. (P~.crcq.: MPC; 3) C;r,iJ~~:irion S k i l l : Qu.ln~it;lti\~cRcnsoning 6-9 pm J, Th Science 205 MUS 2953 Topics: l n t r l T h e o r y & Tec t o Recording Studio 10.50 credit) Mudge ry, micn~pliones,unclc1st.ind111gnlr~sicalInstuu~iicnrc,s i j i ~ ~fl<~n,, n l studio ~ ~ p c r . ~ ~t ~i nni cg c d u r c , rec~1nl111g cons<~lc ~ p i r t and \ f c ~ ~ ~ c t i o tn:c~,p c c ~ I.cc,,l~~illg tcc~lllieluca. ,11,,1 lu;lc(1incs, 111 i ~ l c l r ~cliissr~x1~ii ~ic~ Iccrurc, g r o ~ ~\v0rk<l101)s l> sclio<il f . ~ c ~ l ~ r i a c co,~ \r,o~.ksIiol> l visits to .I pl-<,ks- , s i ~ l i i i f,iciIitY. l Lillllr: I 5 strIdellr~ Cont,lct the ~ l u ~ sdcPirrlncnt ic at (61 2) 330-1265 iClr fill ther LICt;l~IC. 6-9 pm W Music 27 POL 2823 A s i a n Americans and the Politics o f I d e n t i t y Aoki This cour\c f<>cuacs( i n ch.inginr: cc~nditlon.; filli\ nnitll conAa1;11i A~ncl-icans,P r i ~ i i a qconccrn ~ ~ C I I ~ ~ O I ~ C IpI ~ ~ l i t i c sillid tlic i l t ~ e a t i o OF ~l Asii~n A~ue~.ic;iniilcntity. LVc n ~ i lc<in.;~dc~.Asinn l A ~ u c r i c . i n \ grtnving ' politic.~l infltlclicc . ~ n dthe role rhcy play I n i l e t c r ~ n i n i n gt l ~ cilynamics o f Alilcrican p ~ ~ l i r i ci ns tlic 2 1st century. W c \r,ill cs;iliilnc the i n f l ~ ~ e n coef Asian Anrcrlcnn illuiiia ' . * of itaclf. Pclrp.: grant5 ,117 A ~ u c ~ ~ c i~n;lgc I n t c ~ r u l t r ~ rAw.i~.cncss al 1 6-9 pm M. w Old Main 29 ~ ~ ~ SPC 3 2 9 3 I n t r o d u c t i o n to Theology Holt Intercultural Co~nlnunication Gaetano An ~ n t ~ r ~ i l u c t oi t tlic ~ n ; ~ c a c l c ~ uci~\cil>lrnr ~c of T h i s corl~sccspl~jrcshot11 the pnIhlclus ;and thccilogy a ~ i cto l the clialoguc hct\vccn the c l i ~ ~ ~ c h ~ i c > r c n t ~( ;~~clfo ~ u ~ i i ~ ~ n i c , .imonji t r i o ~ i pe1~111s of ilif.ind the wc~rldt h i t cC,nccllis (:hris~ial~c l ~ ~ cinc. tl fcrcnt culti11.1lgrc~ups.F.ictc~l-ssuch ;ir ctI1nocc11Pc~q'.: Cluisti;in F'iith 2 01 3 Lriam, stcrcorypcs, pl-cjudicc, ~ ~cspcctatic~nr, l c 3-6 pm M. W Old Main 18 v,ilucs, l a ~ ~ g i ~and ; i ~nc~n-ve~-l,.~l , aynthols ;11-c csa1ni11c~l. Pc~sp.:I n t e l - c u l t u ~ aA\r.i~-cnccj l 1 REL 4 7 2 3 6-9 pm M.W Old Main 16 P a u l the Apostle Quanbeck 11 A s t ~ l i l y(if the Apcirtlc P.iul, ~nclucling,ippn,pri,1tc SPC 480-S \vitli the histt~ricalIh.~cl\jirot~~~<l, PiitllS I-CIB~~~IIISIIIP P u b l i c Relations1 early c h t ~ ~ c ni;ijor h, thc111csI n Ilia \vriLin:,, a~ul Promotional Communication Lapakko I-cflcctit~n concclllilig the Ica*on\ l'i1~11~ e ~ i i iill1 ~ ~ ~ i s Puhlic ~ r c l ; ~ t ~ oInnsthe n i c ~ d c ~\r,(~l-lil n o f culiimrlnlirnlxxtiint hgrlrc .mi rliinkcr i n Christinn tlicoloof catic,n, m n r k c t i l ~ g ancl , husincs. All ~ > v c r v i c w C l i r ~ s t ~F; a ~ ~ ti hI <>I3. (;~.ICI~I,~~IC)~ gy. Pctq~: lpt~I>l~c ~ c l ; ~ t i o,I> ~ i ;\I C;IIC~I '11icI :I Yilr\,ey o f lh,i<ic Skill: C ~ i t i c aThinking. l I v o ~ ~ i o t i o n ;comnu~nicati<rn il i n p ~ < > t;inLl i t Inon3-6 pm T; Th Old Main 76 IY-<+r 01g.1n iz.itions. 6-9 pm T; Th Old Main 29 ~ SWK 2603 H u m ; ~ n sDeveloping Rooney/Phan T h i s ct,ur.*c p t ~ ~ v i ~ai nc s~lnclcrstandin:: 11f human o f the s c ~ c ~ c ~ c u l t ~hio~~..~l, gnnvtli t l i n ~ ~ ~IlFc g l i;~lul I~lgical,and psyclu>lo::ic,il f;1ctt,1s tli,~t i n f l u c l ~ c c l s f;~niil~cs.(;i~)\\,tli tlic g~?,wtli 1,F ~ n d ~ v l d u ; l ;uid rcl.itc<l t c ~clivcrsc p o l x ~ l a ~ i c ~ nncl n s gl<>rlpa(11- spcc ~ nsl t ~ c \ r c \IS nlro ,I f ~ ~ c uPr .c I ' ~ ~H. :~ l i i i ~I dl ic l i t ~ t y 6-9 pm J, Th Science 319 S O C 265-S Culture: Ethnicity, Gendcr, and Race Gcrasimo A c o ~ ~ fIlcs~gnecl ic tt, luok nt gnwps o f I X O I ~\vh<> I~ for rc;isons o f Ihirtli, a c c i d c n ~ appearance, , or Iiclii~vio~ have . hcen "act aslde" and d e l i ~ ~ a\ e~l gradin:: "clificrcnt" by tllc larger s ~ ~ c i c t(PIN y. ~ ~ n l Perbp.: y) I n r c ~ c u l r u ~A\r:;ucncsr ;~l I 6-9 pm M, w Old Main 13 THR 116-S Creative D r a m a Engel1 A s t ~ ~ iof l y \8.11101~\ i ~ > r uotl ~ i l ~ . ~ l u a t im<,\,c~ncnr, c p,iutc>~ilirnc,anel pI;iy t l u c ~ u g ;ictivity, l~ rc.idi~~g, E ~ i l l i h a s ~011 s iliip~c~\,i~ i h s e ~ ~ \ ~ , ;lit~~l coi ~I\CLI\\II)I~. ~i, >,itional t c c l u ~ i q t ~ c;ind s active ~ ~ a r t i c i p ~ t i u n . L)cvclopnicnt o f clh,i~iiaric ~picccji1,1111 written, auJthlc sources. Scioic iilnda\,c~-l>.il,visual, iili~l ;lctlng ~ ~ i ~ c ~ ~I tIn l s ale inrlil<luced. Pcly,.: Acsthctics 6-9 pm M, W Foss 21 - H center for global education other summer s1 Paideia Institute for Socratic II . Great Ideas for Teaching in a New Millennium June 14-18, 1999 Contact John Schmit tor rcgist~.;ltion,(612) 330-1083. upcoming programs: Marginalized Voices in Guatemala an' April 25-May 9, 1 9 c th Hiram College) & hiapas 1 ssues in the Post-War P Guatemala: Indiger May 16-27, 1999 (with St. Mary's. The Bristol International Program in Social Work Bristol University, U.K. June 26-July 10, 1999 SWK 257-B Exploring Human Services: International Program ronteras: Close of the 20th Ce versity) Dinis This course is an orientation to human services in an international context with many visits to human service agencies, lectures, and seminars. Full orientation takes place at Augsburg for two sessions before the course. Credit is transcripted through Augsburg. T h e course is also available for graduate credit with a research component. Cost: $2,800 includes tuition, all ground transportation in the U.K., all accommodations, and most meals. Airfare is N O T included (approximately $900). Students must make their own flight arrangements. For further information, contact Maria Dinis, (612) 330-1 704. Department of Religion and Augsburg Youth and Family Institute Norwegian Teacher Academy in Bergen, Norway May 27-June 12,1999 REL 316 Church and Culture in Context Crossing BordersICruz ~ i c a r a e i aand the U@ inks I The Environmf Lcxas A&M-Commerce) Social Justice in Nicaragua June 19-27, 1999 (wi; y of Mary) Cuernavaca, Mexico (Augshurg MAL credit availahle), Virgi June 19-July 2, 1999 South Africa after Mandel June 19-July 3, 1999 Anderson A study of Norwegian culture, church life, and the contemporary religious situation in Norway. Emphasis will be o n experie~lcesof the church in era. This is an intergenerational Norway and the U.S.in a post-Cl~ristendo~n course for students, clergy, and other church professionals. Participants will meet for a one-day course orientation May 26 at Augsburg College. Cost: $2,835 includes ailfare, accommodation, meals, tramportation in Norway, and entrance fees (except Bergen International Music Festival) . Twenty $1 000 scholarships available to At~gsburgColkge s t d n t s . $350 non-refundable deposit is required to register. For more information contact David Anderson at (61 2) 330-1569. El Salvador and Nicaragua: Exploring Debt Issues and Reconstruction after Hurricane Mitch July 6-17, 1999 Mexico: Education for Social Justice A Faculty Development Seminar in Cuernavaca, Mexico July 10-17, 1999 For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for Global Education at (61 2) 330-1 159 or e-mail, <globaledQaugsbur~~d~~>.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72 Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70 I I FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970 June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mon. .................... Fri. Final registration and beginning of cl...
Show more Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72 Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70 I I FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970 June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mon. .................... Fri. Final registration and beginning of classes Final examinations M o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. .................... Classes begin Final examinations ...................... SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1970 July 17 ................. July 20 Aug. 14 .................. .................. ACADEMIC YEAR 1970-71 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 8,9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 4 ..................... Nov. 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 18-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 25-Dec. 1 . . . . , . . . . . . . . WINTER TERM Dec.1 ..................... Dec. 2 ................. Dec.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec. 18,9:00 p.m. .......... Jan.4,7:45a.m. ........... Feb. 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 2 2 . . .................. Feb. 23 .................... Feb. 24-Mar. 2 . . ........... March 3-9 ................. SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 10 .................. March 16 .................. April 7,9:00 p.m. .......... April 13,7:45 a.m. ......... May5 ..................... May7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 19 .................... May21 .................... May24-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May30 .................... .... Fri.-Tues. ................ Tues., Wed, .............. Thurs. ................... Wed. .................... Wed. .................... Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. .................... Wed.-Tues. Wed.-Tues. ............... Freshman Welcome Week Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Thanksgiving recess Tues. .................... Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. .................... Fri. ...................... Mon. .................... Tues. .....-......-....... M o n ..................... Tues. .................... Wed.-Tues. .............. Wed.-Tues. .............. Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Christmas recess begins Classes resume Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Term break Tues. .................... Wed. .................... Tues. .................... Wed. .................... Tues. .................... Wed. ................... Fri. ...................... Wed. .................... Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Easter recess begins Classes resume Spring pre-registration Last day for cancelling classes Cap and gown day Last day of classes Final examinations Baccalaureate, Commencement ............... Fri. ...................... Mon.-Fri. ................ Sun. ..................... Academic Calendar FIRST S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1 ...................... June7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mon. July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . July 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and Beginning of classes Holiday Final examinations S E C O N D S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1 July 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M o n....................... Aug. 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Final examinations ACADEMIC YEAR 1971-72 FALL TERM Sept. 3-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 7,8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept.9.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept.l+% : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N o . .............. N0v.p .................... NOV-W. ././;i.ly. . . . . . . . ... N o v . 2 e 3 g . a . -2 1.. 7"" WINTER TERM Nov. 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec. 17,9:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . Jan. 3, 1:45 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ e b a. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F e b . M d p 3 - 3 ......... kke+iH+&-~~.,-.+.b T W ~ I .lYI.\ .IL'VE 1 K 1 P ---. I. 1 2 3 l'GI I JL 1 ...................... Tucs. Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Easter recess begins , Classet resyne,;, Spring pre-registration Last day for cancelling classes Cap and gown day Last day of classes Final examinations Baccalaureate, Commencement Wed. ............ .: . . . - . . . . ..........--.......-.. Tues. Wed. ...................... Tues....................... Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. % ....................... Wed. ...................... Fri. ....................... Mon-Fri. .................. Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lq-I ! ..................... Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S M T W T F nr'TORTR 1971 SEPTEilRER 1 9 2 t"T1 Al1(;li- 910 6 , 7 8 91fil112 4 5 ' 6 7 8 11213 13 14,1516li11819 11 13 1314 131617 20 21 21'232425 26 1 18119 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 35 26 27 23 P.30 31 1 9P( T\IFlEH 1 . 1 Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Christmas recess begins Classes resume Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Term break Mon. SS H T W T F S 1 T u a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. ...................... Mon....................... SPRING TERM March 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 8 . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . March 14 . . . . . . . , ........ March 29,9:00 p.m. ........ April 4, 7:45 a.m. . . ..:,. . . . . May3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May5 ..................... May 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 22-26 . . . . . . . . . . - - . . - . . May28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Freshman Welcome Week Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Thanksgiving recess Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rues, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr i. ....................... / ' S Fri.-Tues. ................. Tues., Wed. ............... Thurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed. ...................... Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed.-Tues. ................ Wed.-Tues. ................ s f 1314 51617 8 910111213114 ~ 1 M T W T F NOVEMBER 1971 IMIWT-F-S S SLT-W-T-PS . 1 2,314 5 6 7 8 91011 3 1.516 17'18 192011 1213 1115 161718 10 22 23.24'25 2627 2R 19'2021122 23'2425 17 2'3'30 31 1 1 . I,, FEBKI' Z H I I'I': 242728230 I 1. MARCH 1972 2425262718330212030 31 APRIL 1'1": \ l A Y lq7> Mile 6 AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. COURSES O F STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in several major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. SETTING The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation. Over the years it has provided funds for land acquisition and additional buildings on the Augsburg College campus. GENERAL INFORMrK>N Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop along Interstate Highway 94. The administrative offices are in the Science Hall at the corner of 21st Avenue South and 7th Street. Information is available in the College Center at the corner of 22nd Avenue South at 7% Street. Prospective students and other interested persons are cordially invited t o visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Call or write t o the Admissions Office, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; 332-5181. AlMS A N D OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS To contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of Cod in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Chl~rch;in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there i s an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical well-being of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service to God and man. DlSTl NCTlVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which i s appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students to an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There i s an observation lounge at the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall incorporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. lver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. THE ARCHIVES The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. LIBRARY FACILITIES The conveniently located George Sverdrup Library provides students and faculty ample resources and reference works for research and study. It contains in total about 100,000 volumes exclusive of pamphlets, curriculum materials, and rare books. The yearly growth rate during 1965-69 averaged about 7000 volumes. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service is provided by an able and well trained staff. Special collections have been developed in music, chemistry, teacher education, library science, and Scandinavian music. A separately administered AV Center is adjacent to the library in Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall. Additional conveniences in the library include carrels and individual study areas. A typing corner is also provided in the first floor reading room. The library has the New York Times on microfilm as well as other microforms. A Xerox Microprinter can provide printouts from any article on microfilm or microfiche. The library subscribes to more than 600 magazines in numerous subject fields. Many of the current issues are displayed in the library reserve room. A cons.ortium of private Iiberal arts colleges of theTwin City area, CLFC, can provide students of Au~sburgCollege combined resources of all the member libraries, a total of 750,000 volumes. Any student enrolled at Augsburg can read and obtain library services from the collections of Bethel, Concordia and Macalester colleges, Hamline University, the Colleges af St, Catherine and St. Thomas and the Hill ReferenceLibrary. The proximity of the Wilson Library of the University of Minnesota and the Minneapolis Public Library provides further opportunitieri for the serious student. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. An astronomical observatory is located on the roof of Science Hall. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1971-72 R t/ TUITION ($1.650) New freshmen, transfer. or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering September 197 1 are charged $1,650 per year or $550 per quarter. Part-time students carrying 7-1 1 credits per term. $45 per credit hour. Part-time students carrying 1-6 credits per term, $35 per credit hour. Fee for auditing, $20 per credit hour. Students carrying more than 18 credits per term are charged $35 per credit hour for excess hours. SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science, $20. Student Teaching, $SO. Improvement of Reading, $25. Music Lessons (10 per term). $45. Practice Studio Rental (one hour per day): Organ. $1 2; Piano or Voice, $5. Cinema Arts. $1 0. BOARD AND ROOM ($957-$1,020) For men $990 or $1,020 ($330 or $340 per quarter) partial or full board. For women $957 or $987 ($31 9 or $329 per quarter) partial or full board. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week; a partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week (excludes breakfast). Available t o commuters is a noon meal only plan, Monday thru Friday, for $68 per quarter. Linen service, required in residence halls. approximately $30 per year. FEES, required but not refundable or transferable: General Fee, $1 0 0 per year. (Applies t o costs for subscription t o yearbook, newspaper. admissions t o all regularly scheduled athletic events. dramatic productions, convocations, and for the support of Student Society activities and the College Center.) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee, $10. Required of all new students. OTHER COSTS Change in registration after first three days of classes: $2 per cancel or add. Late registration after classes begin: $5 per day. Graduation Fee: $1 5. Transcript Fee: first copy free, additional copy. $1. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, w i t h charges according t o schedule on file. Students required t o enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. Books and supplies are available from the bookstore at approximately $1 0 0 per year. on a charge account.basis. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. Fees and costs are subject t o minor adjustments. DEPOSITS Tuition Deposit-New Students, $100. (Not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; t o be paid by April 1, 1971. The payment is applied t o the tuition charge (under early decision program. payment is due January 1 ). Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students, $25. Required by July 1. 1971. t o reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September 197 1 and applied t o the room charge. Not refundable. Breakage Deposit (required of all students) $ 2 0 Refundable upon graduation, transfer t o another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SElTLEM ENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due August 20, November 20, and February 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged w i t h the Business Office prior t o August 20. A monthly payment plan is available thru Education Funds, Inc., w i t h a service charge of $25 per year. No student is permitted t o register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. REFUNDS If a student decides t o cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced t o cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term. the charge is one-half of the rate indicated. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial Aid in the form of scholarships, Educational Opportunity Grants. loans and employment is available. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required t o submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form t o the College Scholarship Service. designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15.The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881. Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required t o submit a Parents' Confidential Statement Renewal form each year. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are adAugsburg College Merit Scholarships. The college mitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for in cooperation with the National Merit Scholarship a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award. These awards range in Corporation awards Merit scholarships up to amount from $1 0 0 t o $600 and may be renewable $1 500 a year and renewable for four years. for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 All applicants must take the National Merit (C average). Scholarship Qualifying Test which is given in the spring of the junior year in high school. Informa- Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants. Resition may be obtained from the high school coun- dents of the State of Minnesota are eligible for state financed scholarships and grants while atselor. tending Augsburg College. Applications must be obtained through the high school counselor. The Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students awards vary from $200 to $800 and are renewable with outstanding high school records and high for four years. scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 t o full tuition and are renewable for four years for stu- SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO dents with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a UPPER CLASSMEN student should rank in the upper five percent of The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholhis high school class and have a combined score arship was established in 1965 by her husband, of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded The scholarship committee also considers an indi- annually to a student studying choral music. vidual's interests, abilities, and character. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial SchoHonor Scholarships are offered t o good students arship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from who have strong potential for academic success the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide at Augsburg College. These awards range in offering, t o honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntamount from $100 t o full tuition and may be re- vedt who was President of the Lutheran Free newed for four years for students with a grade Church from 1930 t o 1958. One or more scholarpoint average of 2.50. Students who rank in the up- ships are awarded annually to a student or stuper fifteen percent of their high school class and dents in the senior class who are preparing for the have above average scores in the Scholastic Apti- ministry. tude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1966 by his family and friends t o honor Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards his memory. A Scholarship of $100 or more will are offered each year by the Department of Chembe awarded annually t o an able and deserving stuistry t o students strongly interested in chemistry dent as selected by the Scholarship Committee or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from based on Christian purpose, athletic interest, and $2,000 to $4.000 over four years. A student qualiacademic ability. fies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry The Paul Dahlen-Gerald Pryd Memorial Schoexamination, financial need, and vocational arship was established in 1966 by members and objective. Summer Research Awards are also friends of Gamma Phi Omega Society t o perpetuavailable t o students in chemistry. This award ate the memory of t w o members who died in a provides a stipend of $600 for each student t o do plane crash. The award will be given annually on research under the guidance of the chemistry the basis of personality, character, athletic and department. academic achievement. SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. The M . J . Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis t o provide an annual scholarship for some The Robert W . and Gladys Johnson Scholarship worthy student of the College, such student t o be was established in 1968 by Mr. and Mrs. Robert selected upon the recommendation of the Scholar- Johnson of Chetek. Wisconsin. An annual award of $400 will be made t o a Junior or Senior student ship Committee of the College. who has declared his intent t o enter the ministry. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships Preference is given to such students from Chetek each year t o deserving students from other counLutheran Church, the Rice Lake Conference, or tries. These scholarships may be awarded in the Northern Wisconsin District of the American amounts up t o the equivalent of full tuition. Lutheran Church. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year t o upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship was established in 1969 from funds given by friends and family t o honor the memory of Mimi Baez Kingsley, a teacher of Spanish at Augsburg from 1947 t o 1969. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o Junior The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was cre- or Senior students who are majoring in a modern ated by the Augsburg College Board of Regents language with preference given to those who plan on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Har- t o teach language as a career. ald of Norway t o the Augsburg campus in The American lndian Scholarship was estabOctober. 1965. This annual scholarship provides lished in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran one year's full tuition for a student from Norway Church. Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 who wishes to study at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Nor- t o be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is t o be awarded t o an American Indian student way set up for this purpose. selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by one of his former stu- International Milling Company Scholarships dents and later augmented by other contributions, are funded by contributions made by the Intert o honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, a pro- national Milling Company t o the Minnesota Prifessor of History at Augsburg College from 1900 vate College Fund. These scholarships of varito 1952. One or more scholarships will be awarded able amounts are awarded annually t o able and annually t o student(s) who are majoring in His- deserving upper-class students. tory with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and / or instrumental music. who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. The lver and Marie lversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. lver lversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award. in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family t o honor their parents. The scholarship is award- ed annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement. ~ersonal character, and promise of achievemen; in the field of ohvsical education. . . ~ ~- - Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans lnsurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually t o able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teachIng. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established. in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth. former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually t o a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually t o freshman students who would be unable t o pursue higher education without assistance. The Reader2 Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by t w o anonymous donors t o honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne. business administrator of the college from. 1940 t o 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually t o selected students preparing for Christian service. 'I. ?ii. I The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Mernorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. this scholarship is awarded periodically t o an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year t o students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan t o continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition t o scholastic achievement. a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. lver Solberg and her brother. Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends t o honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A . Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 t o 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually t o outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation. Inc.. of Stillwater. Minnesota. The Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes, Sr. An annual award of one or more scholarships will be made t o a needy Junior or Senior student pre- paring for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse. professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually t o a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W . M . Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemis- try at Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. Educational Opportunity Grants are provided by the Federal Government. The grants vary from $ 2 0 0 t o $ 1 0 0 0 and are available t o all students including freshmen and transfer students provided that the applicant has exceptional financial need as determined by C.S.S. The grants are restricted t o students taking a full time load and are renewable for four years. -- LOAN FUNDS National Defense Student Loans established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958. are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year. September through June. or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. Students may borrow up t o $ 1 0 0 0 per academic year. Repayment begins nine months after graduation or leaving school. United Student Aid Fund Loan and Federal Insured Loan Programs are programs under which an educational loan is obtained directly from a bank or other commercial lender. The federal government guarantees the loan t o the lender and assists eligible students w i t h their interest payments until repayment begins which is nine months after graduation or leaving school. Students may borrow up t o $1 5 0 0 per academic year. Applications are available in the Office of the Dean of Students. State Loan Programs are provided by some states, e.g., Illinois, Michigan. New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin which have their own loan program. Students are eligible if they are a legal resident of the state regardless of where they attend college. Applications for these loans must be obtained from the specific state agency that is responsible for administering the program. These loans are also federally insured and eligible for interest subsidy. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT An employment service assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs are available. The college also participates in the federally financed College Work Study Program. Under this program students are limited t o 1 5 hours of work per week during the academic year and the job must be on campus. Preference is given t o students from low income families. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high school. type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduation class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have at least 12 academic credits in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four credits of English and at least t w o credits each of a foreign language, social studies. mathematics, and science. A credit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent t o at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer t o be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted t o register. required t o make the $100 tuition deposit within t w o weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies t o the cost of tuition. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges t o send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. A student can apply before taking the SAT. See your counselor about registering for the SAT or write t o the College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service. Box 592. Princeton. New Jersey. Transfer students are not required t o take the SAT. 4. An interview on campus is encouraged. APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted t o the Office of Admissions. Applications may be obtained by visiting. writing. or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1. the class may be filled well in advance of this date. Students applying under the Early Decision Program which is described below will receive the admissions decision about December 1. All other applicants will be notified concerning admission about two weeks after their application is completed. A $100 tuition deposit is due before April 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after April 1 are EARLY DECISION An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December I . After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed. has been provided, the student must agree t o withdraw applications made t o other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations A $100 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by January 1. EARLY ADMISSION An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with a college course after his junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for early admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of his junior year. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. A maximum of 108 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory. and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is. college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3.4. or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg College will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College-Level Examinations offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar. CAMPUS LIFE CAMPUS LIFE There are many influences which mold life and character in college. The exercises of classroom, laboratory and library form the main dimensions of college life, but they need to be supplemented by other programs, activities and opportunities.The climate of living and learning at a college is greatly influenced by extra-curricular activities that take place both on campus and off campus. RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg Community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student. who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. An important part of Augsburg's program is the chapel service held four times a week. These services. both experimental and traditional, provide an opportunity for students and faculty t o become involved in corporate worship. Attendance is voluntary. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities i n various fields. A wide range of interests is covered. including the scientific, political, social. religious. and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS In attempting t o meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, educational and cultural activities. The activities program is designed t o complement the classroom experience and t o enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the Center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics. films, banquets, dances, talent shows, special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible t o the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for hoth participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as billiard tables. ping-pong, and bicycles are available i n addition t o the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting t o attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art work is also exhibited in the Studio. The annual choir, orchestra. and band concerts are held in Melby Hall. The college features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free t o on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social. Recreation. Fine Arts. Forum and Lecture. Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities t o make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has t o offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access t o large collections of historical material. The Minnesota Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater. Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minnesota Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball, North Stars hockey, and Viking football games at Metropolitan Stadium and sports center. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education t o the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates t o this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members t o the democratic process, developing a sense of community. fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president. resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible t o the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject t o appeal only t o the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees. The Student Government directs several projects of interest t o the college community. These projects include the annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming. Student Lecture Series. Development Council. Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associtated Women Students, composed of all the women students. provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful self-government. It aims t o create a sense of ha,rmony and fellowship, t o promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and t o encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students. a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. CO-CURRICU LAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue their interests beyond the classroom For most effective participation. students w i t h similar interests have united t o form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted t o interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Commission of Student Organizations of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts t o evaluate the clubs and societies and their activities. and t o represent them at the Student Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open t o majors and minors in chemistry. Weekly meetings consist of seminars given by outside speakers. faculty, or students on current topics or research experiences in various areas of chemistry. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization for students in the elementary education program. I t is concerned primarily w i t h professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes and needs of children in the field of elementary education. Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students w h o meet weekly w i t h a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips and sports as they show their concern for these children by their o w n personal involvement. Augsburg College Republicans aim t o stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity t o participate actively in local. state and national politics. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity t o learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips. as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open t o all students. Membership in the National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open t o qualified upper classmen. The "A" Club is limited t o men w h o have w o n a major letter at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and t o keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Black Student Union of Augsburg College promotes a feeling of unity and creates a self awareness among its members. I t aims toshare w i t h the total community its culturally rich heritage. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students w h o have a mutual interest in the culture, language. and people of various countries. The foreign lanugage clubs are made up of students studying French, German, Norwegian or Spanish. In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the clubs also promote understanding appreciation of the culture of their country, its achievements and customs. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg. is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg. as well as acquainting its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. There are winter weekend ski trips which are open t o all students. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of social service. The aim of the Student Democratic League is t o join students in the College into an intelligent, agressive and cooperative democratic group which seeks t o create and sustain a community awareness of the problems and concerns in politics and education. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter. offers t o its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives t o acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS ' . q.. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In a d ~ t ~ o n t o local appearances. the band tours annually t o various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition t o local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year t o various parts of the United States and occasionally t o Canada. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently i n campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition t o campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football. cross country, basketball. hockey. wrestling, baseball, track, soccer, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College t o provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is t o be reflected in the conduct and outlookof both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. lntercollegiate athletics as a phase of that program, gives recognition t o the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development of student interests. skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1)The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty. sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2)The participant should develop the knowledge. interests. and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary t o his other educational activities. (3)The student spectator should acquire and axhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play. appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4)The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute t o the development of a unified and health "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order t o participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list t o the Director of the College Center for approval. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading. student publications, societies, or t o accept elected or appointed student-government offices of chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta ChiEpilson is t o honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving advice and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership. and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least t w o years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open t o students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are t o recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma M u , the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election t o membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and scholarship. The HaroldA. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given t o scholarship, leadership and participation in extracurricular activities, such as athletics. drama. music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain assumption about man, his relationship t o himself, his relationship to others and his relationship t o God.As a church-related liberal arts college. Augsburg attempts t o take these relationships seriously and therefore seeks t o educate the whole man. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus shall be worthy of a member of a college community, and students who do not feel drawn t o this type of community should not seek t o be enrolled at Augsburg College. Without attempting t o dictate t o the individual conscience. the college reserves the right t o ask its students t o adapt themselves t o the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right t o dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus. disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled t o a student/faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking t o develop a constructive recreational program. some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed t o all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the posse~sionor consumption of alcoholic beverages in any college-owned building, in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or at any college-sponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services for students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions. Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records. Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service. Placement. Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. ADMISSIONS Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition t o high school seniors. sophomores and juniors are encouraged t o use these services and also t o visit the campus if at all possible. COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort t o assist each student t o obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty. health or financial problems. personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and a keener awareness of resources available t o them as they meet the problems of daily life. A t Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program. and each new student is assigned t o a faculty counselor w h o works w i t h him until he chooses a major field of study. A t that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members w h o have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing w i t h problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated by the Director of the Center for Student Development i n the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance w i t h the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept i n the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, report of counseling and other information. The office of the Center Director maintains a file of student government officers of clubs and societies. including the constitutions, activities and schedules. STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service w i t h registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent t o the campus. Physical examinations are given t o all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required t o have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. A voluntary hospital insurance plan is also available on a 12-month basis NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION New students participate i n Orientation sessions before the beginning of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted w i t h their fellow students. w i t h the faculty, and especially w i t h their o w n faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors t o help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students t o know more about themselves, i n order t o make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen w h o expect difficulty w i t h the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged t o enroll i n this course. HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program the college aims t o develop a student's character, self-control and thoughtful consideration of others. The college also realizes that a student's happiness, comfort and emotional adjustment in his place of residence are direct influences on his general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort t o provide these opportunities for development. student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation w i t h the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt t o help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred t o them. Any student who is 21 years old on or before the first day of classes in the Fall term may live off campus. Juniors or Seniors who are not 21 years old may live off campus provided that a parental permission form is on file in the Office of the Director of Housing by May 1. All Freshmen and Sophomores not living at home are required t o live in college operated housing. Students desiring t o live with relatives in the city must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Office of the Director of Housing. All students living in residence halls take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for upperclass men and women with a variety of board plan options. Residence halls are open t o students no more than 2 4 hours before the day of registration or the beginning of classes, and they close no later than 2 4 hours after a student's last examination or after the beginning of a vacation period. Students who wish t o stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available t o students living in houses. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students t o hold a room. This fee is payable at the Treasurer's Office by May 1. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after July 1. All students living on campus are required t o pay a $20 key and breakage fee at the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and Alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state. and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5.00. There is no placement fee. STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of the College Center serves as the coordinator of student activities by assisting student officers in planning and implementing their programs. The office also keeps on file club constitutions and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers t o student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition t o other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Office of the Center Director, and the College Master Calendar is also kept by the office. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. Completion of a major. A total of 180 quarter credits. At least 5 4 credits in courses numbered above 50. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken and "C" average (2.0) in courses which apply toward the major. 6. Proficiency in English. 7. The last year of course work at Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1 1. 12. English Writing and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 4 History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................................................... 5 Religion 11 Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5 Philosophy.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Foreign Language - Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-25 Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 4 Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech-Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Religion (above Religion 1 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five course requirements listed above should be taken in the freshman year. except that students with majors in biology, physics, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. I t is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first t w o years of college, except item 12 above which should be taken in the sophomore, junior, and/or senior years. The requirement in English writing and literature consists of three options: (1) English 11 and 12: (2) English 1 1 and either 12. 30. 35. 4 0 or 45; (3) English 30, 35, 40, or 45. Options will depend upon high school rank, test. writing demonstrations. and teacher's recommendations. t:. The fine arts requirement may be met by successful completion of Music 30: Art 1, 86, 87, 88: Speech 41, 61 ; or exemption by petition on the basis of participation in drama, music, art, and extensive readings. Philosophy 21.22.23 or any other course i n philosophy except 99. will meet the philosophy requirement. The foreign language-literature requirement may be met in several ways. Students who have completed four or more years of one foreign language in high school are exempted from the requirement. If they have studied from one t o three years of a foreign language in high school they have three options: (1) complete the equivalent of four terms of one foreign language in college; (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language in college (or its equivalence) plus one term of study in a foreign country (excluding Canada): (3) complete four terms of literature i n translation or at least t w o terms of literature in translation and one or t w o 'ierms of linguistics and philosophy of language t o make a total of four terms. .his I Students who have studied no foreign language in high school have t w o options for meeting the foreign language-literature requirement: (1 complete four terms of one foreign language in college: (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language and three terms of foreign literature in translation, linguistics, or philosophy of language, of which at least one must be literature in translation. In the natural sciences, t w o courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the t w o courses be taken in the same department. Students who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Students may choose from Political Science 20. 21. 2 2 or Economics 22, 23 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech-communication may be satisfied by: Speech 11. 15. or 51; Philosophy 23; or English 55. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Classical Languages Economics Economics and Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech. Communication, and Theater Arts Students are required t o apply for the major and obtain approval of an adviser in the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the freshman year. A student may earn a minor in most of the fields listed above. Minors are also offered in Greek, Latin, and Library Science. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed t o give the student an opportunity to elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are considered separate departments for this purpose. A student may earn up t o five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 credits required for the degree. PROFICIENCY IN WRITING Students are required to take a writing test at the beginning of the junior year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: ... Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5-3.79+ . -3.49+ Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 grade average grade average grade average To be eligible for these honors. the student must have completed at least one year of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg. as well as his transfer record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. :Very . good. 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfacton/. 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable. 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Failure. 0 grade points per credit f ........................................................ - . . . . . . . . . . .Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete .. W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . course withdrawn during first eight weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass). N (no credit) indicate level of achievement. Grades of W, S, P. N do not affect the grade point average. A grade of WF is computed with 0 grade points per credit. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal t o one-half the credit registration in determining laad and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right t o cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted t o students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged t o arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first eight weeks of classes is followed by W. No course may be cancelled after the eighth week of classes. A student who finds it necessary t o leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order t o remain i n good standing. CLASSIFICATION In order t o be classified as full-time, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours and grade points: Sophomore Junior Senior Credits 36 84 130 Grade Points 72 168 260 Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Non-degree students are classified as special students. Students carrying less than 1 2 credits are part-time students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the endof a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in-placing a student on probation: Freshmen with a cumulative GPA below 1.5 Sophomores with a cumulative GPA below 1.6 Juniors with a cumulative GPA below 1.8 Seniors with a cumula.tive GPA below 2.0 A student will be removed from probation when his cumulative GPA exceeds the minimum listed above, If a student has been on probation 2 or more terms consecutively he is subject t o dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of spring term, but if he wishes t o do so he may continue on probation until the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the college at the end of the spring term will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the college voluntarily must have special permission t o re-enroll. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lower division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence t o their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due t o illness. the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants. with information as t o exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean t o all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAM INATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by freshmen are made to the Registrs: who forwards them t o the students, parents, and advisers. Final reports are sent at the end of each term t o the parents. students, and advisers. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College or the Registrar t o take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $ 1 0 for such an examination. Before he takes the examination, he must obtain a signed statement from the Dean or Registrar and bring it t o the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish t o take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing t o this committee. When permission is granted. the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred t o Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. SPEClAL PROGRAMS OF STUN AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, and Methodist hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Hennepin County General and Swedish hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the two hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; and The lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence in France. Study at other institutions may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Credit earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language. CORRECTIVE THERAPY A program in CorrectiveTherapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring term of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. HONORS PROGRAM For superior freshman students, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as philosophy and history. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia (interdisciplinary honors seminars) are offered each term. Some departments of the college offer programs through which the student can earn honors in his major field. One provision available throughout the college that is of particular value to able students is the opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest. For students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, General Education requirements are modified as necessary to meet a student's needs and interests. Students of high ability who are r t:. .his '. I interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the schedules of.the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), hisher major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade-point average of at least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President of the Student Society. - THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM A Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors, applicable to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows: 1. Juniorsand Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term. 2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field. 3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system. 4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point Average. 5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system at the timeof his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week of the term. 6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'A'to 'C'; the grade of 'N'to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'. MULTI-RACIAL CONCERNS Augsburg College offers a core of courses which enable students to earn approximately 50 credits in courses centered on multi-racial concerns. These courses are offered in American Studies and in the departments of English, History, and Sociology. In addition, students may enroll in Interdisciplinary Studies which include courses in Black History and Culture, offered at the University of the Way; and at times they may be able to participate in an experimental program in which they live in an area of the city where they can study the dynamic forces of the area firsthand and become involved in the urban problems characteristic of that area. Other courses on multi-racial concerns are being planned. In addition, several courses, particularly in the departments of English, History, and Sociology, include material dealing with multi-racial concerns in a wider context. The interested student should confer with the chairmen of these departments. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL Two summer sessions of six and four weeks, respectively, permit students to earn up to a full term's credits in the Augsburg Summer School. In 1970, the first session is set for June8 through July 17, the second session running from July 20 through August 14. In addition to morning classes, most of which meet five times each week, a number of courses will be taught evenings during the first term, meeting twice a week for about three hours. Eligibleto attend Augsburg Summer School are present students and graduates of Augsburg and of other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college work. Summer School courses are offered subject to demand. Early preregistration will help to assurethe availability of desired courses, and, depending the date of application, may. .permit reduced - upon . .. tuition charges. For application forms and information concerning costs, tentative course offerings or other questions, interested persons should write to: Summer School Office / Augsburg College / Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 . .-- raw d . ,- & ..& w: . . M 'M ,- I . . - . . II. i r .--. I - - . . ,. - -2 I i , . . . A I m -&,. - 1- m=F d f W'".@a""'lrl -d -k -gH& f ' 1- hn ma- CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language Electives or Major H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Philosophy Speech-Communication Electives or Major I Cr. 5 4 5-6 1/3 Term II I l l Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 5 5 - 5 1/3 1/3 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 4-5 16 12 12 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Natural Science or Math Fine Arts Pol. Sci. or Economics Electives or Major SENIOR Religion Electives or Major Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - - 4 - - 4 6 6 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 15 12 15 AMERICAN STUDIES M A J O R The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language History 21,22 H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Economics 22 (Optional) Speech-Communication Fine Arts Religion 63* History 55* Psychology 81' Sociology 58,* 59* Philosophy 65* Electives (non-major) *Electives in the major program Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 4 4 5 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4-5 - - 4 - - 5 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 English 45 Political Sci. 20,* 21 Electives Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5-6 5-6 4 5 4 4 5 Term SENIOR Religion 60* Political Sci. 56* History 56* Education 87* English 82* Political Sci. 22* American Studies 95 American Studies 99 Electives (non-major) 1 I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 r = - 4 4 - 4, 4 -- 4 - i s & - 4-6 + - ART M A J O R W I T H HISTORY M I N O R AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY FRESHMAN Religion II English 11,12 Foreign Lang. History I Art 7,8 Art 13,12 Sociology II H. P.E. 1,2,3 I Cr. 5 5 2 4 lh Term II I l l Cr. Cr. 5 4 2 4 1/3 5 5 ; 4 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Lang. Natural Sci. or Math Philosophy Art 21 Art 18,55 History 2 History 61 Electives JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Art 87,88 Art 50,67 History 3 Speech-Communication Music 30 History 21,22 Electives - 4 4 4 4 4-5 4 - 5 - Religion Pol. Sci. or Econ. Art 86,68,78 Art 98 History 71,95 Art 99 Electives 4 - - 5 8 Term I I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 - 5 5 4 4 - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 8 4 4 4 3 - - - 4 4 4 4 ART M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion II English l l , 1 2 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Art 7,8 Art 13,12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 - 5 - 5 5 - 4 2 2 4 - 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 JUNIOR Teim I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr Art 88,86,87 Art 50,67 H. P.E. 10 Education 50,58 Education 52,53,54 Education 62,59 Music 30 Elective 5 5 4 4 4 0 4 4 4 - 0 2 4 - 4 5 2 0 3 - SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Natural Sci. or Math. Philosophy Speech-Communication Art 21 Art 18,55 Psychology 5 Elective SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83,87 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Art 68,99 Art 78 Electives Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - 4 5 4 - 4 - 4-5 - 4 4 - 4 - - 5 4 . - Term I I1 Ill Cr.. Cr. Cr. 10 5 - - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 3 8 BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING The program suggested below includes several courses in chemistry and education (for teacher certification! as well as courses for a good background in biological science. When making the choices between the biology course options, it i s important that the various disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are required. Careful planning i s essential. This specific program should not be considered as the best possible schedule for all students. If Chemistry 15, 1 6 is taken instead of Chemistry 5, 6, the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the fall term. FRESHMAN Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 History 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Chemistry 5 , 6 Biology l l , l 2 5 - 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 6 6 6 6 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Speech-Communication Foreign Language Fine Arts Education 50,59,74 Education 52,53,54 Biology 67 Biology Electives - 4 4 4 0 4 - 5 - 4-5 4 - 5 0 0 5-6 5-6 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Psychology 5 H. P.E. 10 Chemistry 23 Mathematics 40 Biology Elective Biology 72 Term II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. I - - 5 - 5 5 5 5 6 - - - - - 5 - - 6 6 SENIOR Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. Education 83,87 Education 84 Pol. Sci. or Economics Philosophy Biology Electives Biology 91,93 Elective 5 4 - 10 4 - - 4 6 5-6 1 1 4-6 - - BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is suggested for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully in accordance with plans for the future. At least one term of botanical work is recommended and Biology 72 is required. Careful planning is essential. This specific program should not be considered as the best possible, schedule for all students. If Chemistry 5, 6 is taken instead of Chemistry 1 5 , 1 6 , the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the winter term. FRESHMAN Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1 , 2 , or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Chemistry 15,16 Biology 11,12 5 - 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 6 6 6 6 - SOPHOMORE Religion Speech-Communication Chemistry 51,52 Mathematics 40,41,42 Biology Elective Biology 72 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4-5 6 6 5 5 6 - 5 5 6 - JUNIOR Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Physics 21,22,23 Biology Electives Elective Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 - 5 5 5 5-6 5-6 - 4-6 SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Fine Arts Philosophy Biology Electives Biology 91,92,93 Biology 99 Electives Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 6 1 - - 5 4 4-5 5-6 1 1 - 3-5 - 6-8 M A J O R I'N BUSINESS A D M l NlSTRATlON (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Business Ad. 1 , 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Electives H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 JUNIOR Foreign Language Business Ad. 79 Business Ad. 31 Speech-Communication Economics 51 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 5 5 - - - 5-6 5-6 - 5 4 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 - - 5 - 4 - - 5 - 4-5 - 12 5 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Business Ad. 61 Business Ad. 62,63 Economics 22,23 Philosophy Fine Arts SENIOR Religion Business Ad. 81 Business Ad. 83 or 84 Electives Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4 - 5 5 4 - - 5 5 5 - - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 5 12 12 12 5 M A J O R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALIZATION) FRESHMAN Term I I I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 History I , 2, or 3 Business Ad. 1 , 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E.1,2,3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 5 5 5-6 5-6 lh 1/3 Religion Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22,23 Philosophy Speech-Communication Fine Arts Business Ad. 61 4 4 4-5 4 - 5 4 4 4 1/3 5 5 4 5 5 - - 5 - - JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Business Ad. 79 Economics 51 Business Ad. 62 Electives Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 - - 4 5 8 - SENIOR Term I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Business Ad. 78 Business Ad. 73 Electives 5 5 - 10 10 15 I - 10 BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING AND OFFICE SPECIALIZATION FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1 or 2 or 3 Business Ad. 1 , 2 Business Ed. 1 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 50,59 Sec. Educ. 52,53,54 Sec. Educ. 63 Fine Arts Business Ad. 31 Natural Science or Math. Business Ed. 60 Philosophy Electives *Accounting Specialization **Office Specialization Term II HI I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 5 - 5 5 5 - 5 5 - I 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 0 4 5 4 5 0 5 4 4 - 3 0 2 5 5 SOPHOMORE Computer Science 45 Accounting 62,63* Psychology 5 Economics 22,23 Foreign Language Business Ed. 8 Speech-Communication Busirless Ed. 10,50** SENIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 83 Sec. Educ. 84,87 Business Educ. 64 Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I I I III Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 . - 5 - 10 4 - 4 4-5 5 . 8 BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Economics 22,23 History 1 or 2or 3 Business Educ. 1 Sociology 11 Foreign Language H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Econ. 51,58,91 or 92 Sec. Education 50,59 Sec. Educ. 52,53,54 Sec. Educ. 63 Business Ad. 31 Business Ed. 60 Fine Arts Philosophy Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 4 4 1 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 4 3 0 0 0 2 5 - 4 4 - 4 - SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Business Ad. 1,2 Psychology 5 Computer Science 45 H. P.E. 10 Elective SENIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 84,87 Sec. Educ. 83 Business Ed. 64 Bus. Ed. 65, or Econ. 51 Speech-Communication Electives Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 5 5 5 - - 5 4 5 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 10 4 5 - - 4 4-5 4-5 4 8 BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION and COMPREHENSIVE M A J O R FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1 or 2 or 3 Business Ed. 1,lO Sociology 11 Philosophy Fine Arts H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 50,59 Sec. Educ. 52,53,54 Sec. Educ. 63 Business Ad. 1,2 Economics 22,23 Business Education 50 Business Educ. 60,64 Computer Science 45 *Comprehensive Major **Secretarial Specialization Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 5 4 1 5 - 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 3 4 0 0 0 2 5 5 4 4 - 5 4 4 4 - SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Psychology 5 Business td. 21,22,53 Speech-Communication Business Ed. 8* Elective SENIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 84 Sec. Educ. 83,87 Business Ad. 31 H. P.E. 10 Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51 Electives Term I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 5 5 4 4 5 - 4-5 4 5 4** I Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 10 5 4 5 5 4-5 - - - 8 - - - CHEMISTRY M A J O R The following guide for a course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 4 6 5 5 1/3 1/3 Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Mathematics 40 Chemistry 15,16 Mathematics 41,42 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 5 6 113 JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Chemistry 61,62 Chemistry 63 Foreign Language Chemistry 91 Electives (Math., Physics) 6 5 0 4 SOPHOMORE 6 5 0 4 I Term II Ill Cr. Cr, Cr. Philosophy 23 Chemistry 51,52 Chemistry 53 Physics 21,22,23 Mathematics 43 Sociology 11 SENIOR 5 5 0 5 6 5 5 - 5 6 5 - 5 5 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Chemistry 81,83 Chemistry 72 Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Econ. Fine Arts Chemistry 91 Electives 5 4 0 5 4 4 4 0 4 SOPHOMORE Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 0 - M A J O R IN CLASSICAL LANGUAGES FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English l l , l 2 , 3 5 History 1 Sociology 11 Latin 1, 2 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Electives 5 5 5 5 4 - - 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 5 - JUNIOR Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Art 83 Philosophy Speech-Communication Creek or Latin Mythology 65 Electives 4 4 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 Religion 21 Natural Sci. or Math. Pol. Sci. or Econ. Latin 3,4 Creek 11,12,13 5 4 5 5 4 5 5 4 5 SENIOR Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Creek 99 or Latin 99 History 60 or 61 Electives - 5 - 2 4 - 12 10 16 COMMUNICATION MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1 , 2 or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Speech 11 Electives JUNIOR Fine Arts Speech 40 Speech 51 Speech 52 Sociology 75 Nat. Sci. or Math. Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - 4 - - 1/3 5 4 5 1/3 - 5 1/3 4 - Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 - 4 - 5 5 5 - 5 5 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Econ. Philosophy 23 Psychology 5 Speech I 5 English 21 Electives SENIOR Religion Speech 80 Speech 87 Linguistics Electives Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 - 4 - 4 5 5 - - 5 5 4 3 - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 - 1-5 5 5 5 15 10 DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 Mathematics 40,41 Chemistry 15,16 or 5,6 H. P.E.1,2,3 Elective Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 4 6 SOPHOMORE Pol. Sci. 20,21 or 22 Speech or Lit. Psychology 5 Chemistry 51,52 Physics 21,22,23 Biology 11,12 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 6 5 6 6 5 6 4 4 5 5 - ECONOMICS MAJORS The following programs are suggested courses of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statements under the Department of Bus. Ad, Econ, and Bus. Ed. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 History 1 , 2 or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 I Cr. 5 4 5-6 - Term II Ill Cr. Cr. 5 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 5 10 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Philosophy Fine Arts Business Ad. 1 , 2 Economics 22,23 Electives Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 - 5 5 4 - 5 4 4 4 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Business Ad. 79 Economics 51,58 Electives Speech-Communication Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 5 - 4 5 5 - 5 8 4-5 SENIOR Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Economics 54 Electives - 4 15 12 15 ECONOMICS - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (Combined Major) FRESHMAN Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1 , 2 , or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 - 5 5 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 - 10 1/3 1/3 1/3 Religion Foreign Language Philosophy Fine Arts Business Ad. 1 , 2 Economics 22,23 Electives JUNIOR Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Business Ad. 78 Electives 15 Foreign Language Business Ad. 79 Economics 51,58 Business Ad. 61 Speech-Communication Electives 4 5 5 - 4 5 4 5 4-5 8 Term I1 I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 - 5 5 4 - 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 15 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a-choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the Speech-Communication requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. Music 30 fulfills the fine arts requirement, and Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 (American Government) fulfills the political science-economics requirement in general education. The major in this program i s Elementary Education. Each student is required to complete a minor area of study; an academic major i s highly recommended. The minor chosen i s subject to departmental approval. FRESHMAN Religion English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2, 3 Biological Science *H. P.E. 10 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Elem. Educ. 52,53,54 **Elern. Educ. 55 **Elem. Educ. 56 Elern. Educ. 57 Elern. Educ. 61 Elem. Educ. 63 Elem. Educ. 64 **Mathematics 56 **Art 48 Elem. Educ. 58 Elective (minor) Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 - - 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 -- Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 0 0 0 (4) 4 5 (5) 2 2 - - 4 6 (4) 4 2 (2) (2) - (2) 2 4 4 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Psychology 5 **Physical Science Pol. Sci. 21,22, or 23 **Music 30 History 21 or 22 Elective (minor) SENIOR Religion **Elem. Ed. 84 **Philosophy **Speech11 **Elern. Ed. 65 **Elern. Ed. 87 **Elem. Ed. 79 Elective or minor Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 - - 5 (4-6) 4-6 4 4 (4) 5 4 4 5 - Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. (4) 4 15 (15) (15) (4) 4 (4) 4 2 (2) - (4) 4 - (3) 3 (4) 8 4 *Highly recommended but not specifically required **Parenthesis indicates that course i s offered more than one term JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the education curriculum. He will need to be approved for teacher education before he can proceed in the program. He will also need to apply for student teachihg during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Art Biology Business Education Chemistry English (Language Arts) French German Health & Physical Education History Mathematics Music Natural Science Physical Education Physics Scandinavian Studies Social Science Spanish Speech Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. FRESHMAN Term I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. I SOPHOMORE Term II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - I Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 History 1,2, or 3 Foreign Language Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Electives 5 5 5 5 - 4 lh 1/3 1/3 5-6 5 Religion Foreign Language Fine Arts Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. or Econ. Psychology 5 Electives - 5 4 4 4 5-6 5-6 - - 4 5 5 4 JUNIOR Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 83 Education 84 Education 87 Electives in major 5 5 - 10 4 - 12 12 Philosophy Speech 11 Sec. Educ. 50,59 Sec. Educ. 52,53,54 Sec. Educ. Methods 58-76 H. P.E. 10 Electives in major 7 - 4 4 0 0 - 5 12 8 4 3 0 2 8 ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the U. of M . FRESHMAN Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 Mathematics 41,42,43 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Physics 21,22,23 5 - 5 5 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 5 5 5 SOPHOMORE Physics 61 History 1,2, or 3 Literature or Pol. Sci. Sociology, Econ. or Phil. Physics 45 Mathematics 58 Art 1 Chemistry 5,6 Speech 11 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 6 - 4 4 6 - ENGLISH MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of English. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 English 12 or 30,35, 40, or 45 Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 - 5 5 5 5 4 4 - - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Pol. Sci., or Econ. Speech-Communication Philosophy Natural Science or Math. English 30,35,40,45 or Elective in the major English 60; and 21 or 22 Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - 4 5 5 5 - + 5 5 4 - JUNIOR Religion Fine Arts English 61,62,84 English 72 or 74 English Elective Electives* Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 - 5 4 5 4 4 5 SENIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. English 90,91, or 92 Electives* 3 12 15 15 - 5 5 *Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80 or 82,86,88,92,95; and foreign language. ENGLISH M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11 English 12, or 30,35,40,45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 5 4 lh JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Psychology 5 Education 50 Education 52,53,54 Education 59,65 English 61,62,55 English 72 or 74,84 Speech 60 or 66 5 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 4 4 0 5 4 - 0 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Speech 11 and 12,52 or 55 Pol. Sci. or Economics Philosophy Natural Science or Math. English 60, 21 English 30,35,40,45, or 55 SENIOR Education 84,87 Education 83 H. P.E. 10 English 86 or 88 English 90,91, or 92 Library Science 75 Fine Arts Elective Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4-5 4 - 4 - 5 5 5 4 - 5 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 3 4 - 10 5 - - - - 4 4 5 4 FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 Beg. Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 5-6 1/3 Religion Inter. Foreign Language Speech Philosophy Pol. Sci. or Economics Fine Arts H. P.E. lo* Electives or 56,57 5 5 5-6 1/3 5 5 4 - 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 4 4 4 9 4 5 - - - 5 4 5 JUNIOR Education 50*, 59* Education 52,53,54* Education 66*, 67*, or 75* Psychology 5* Conversation 55 Survey 63,64** Literature 72 or 74 Electives Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 3 0 0 0 2 5 - 5 - 5 5 - - 5 8 5 SENIOR Religion Education 84* Education 83* Education 87* Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84 Literature 72 or 74 Indep. Study 99 Electives Term II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 5 - - 4 I - 5 - - - - 2 - 5 2 5 5 - *Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute 92, 99 or other electives for these courses. **Courses 56,57 may be elected for either 63 or 64. BROAD M A J O R IN HEALTH A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 Foreign Language History l,2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 10 H. P.E. 43 H. P.E. 11,13 (W, M) H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50,59 Education 52,53,54 Education 69 Pol. Sci., or Econ. H. P.E. 57* H. P.E. 51,52 H. P.E. 71,72 H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31' Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 5 - - 5 7 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I II ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 3 0 0 0 - - 2 6 5 2 4 4 4-5 4 - - - SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Psychology 5 Biology 6 Chemistry 5 H. P.E. 31,32,23 H. P.E. 50* Fine Arts Elective SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Philosophy H. P.E. 73* H. P.E. 60* Electives Speech-Communication Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - - 5 5 - 6 5 4 5 1 4 4 -- Term II Ill Cr, Cr. Cr. 5 - 10 - 5 ; I - - - - - 4 4 - - 5 4 4 4 - 4 - *Starred courses are required for the broad maior in Health and Physical Education but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. HISTORY M A J O R The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of History. --- FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History I , 2,3 Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. or Econ. H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 4 4 1/3 JUNIOR Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Foreign Language History Economics Fine Arts Minor or Elective Literature 5 4 4 4 - 5 5 4 1/3 5 8 4 - 5 5 4 1/3 4 4 4 4 SOPHOMORE Term II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. I Religion Foreign Language History 21,22 Philosophy Psychology 5 Natural Sci. or Math. - - 5 4 4 5 5 4 - - 5 5-6 5-6 - SENIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective Speech-Communication 4 4 8 - 5 4 8 - 4 3 4 4 HISTORY M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2,3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 4 1/3 JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Education 50,59 Education 52,53,54 Education 70 Fine Arts Geography I 4 Political Science 20,21 H. P.E. 10 History 0 4 5 8 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 4 0 4 4 4 3 0 2 4 8 SOPHOMORE Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language History 21,22 Philosophy Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. 4 5 5-6 SENIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 84,87 Education 83 Sociology I 2 Speech-Communication History History 95 4 5 5-6 5 4 5 - - 5 10 5 4 - 4 - 4-5 8 4 - 3 - - - - LAW College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies, English, History, Political Science. While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields. While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission, it i s normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree program. Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year at prescribed times. Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adviser, chairman of the Department of Political Science. MATHEMATICS M A J O R The following course of study is suggested: FRESHMAN Religion 11 English l l , l 2 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Mathematics 40,41,42 or *Mathematics 41H, 42H, 43H H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 JUNIOR Religion Mathematics 71,72,73 Philosophy Speech-Communication Computer Science 55 Electives or *Mathematics 83,84 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 5 5 - 5 - 5 4 5 - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 8 4 4-5 4 4 5 4 8 SOPHOMORE Religion Pol. Sci. or Econ. Sociology 11 Foreign Language Fine Arts Physics or Chemistry Mathematics 43,64,67 or *Mathematics 58,64,67 SENIOR Mathematics 58,83,84 or *Mathematics 93,94,95 Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 - 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4 4 4 4 Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 *For students with strong background in Mathematics from High School. MATHEMATICS M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following course of study i s suggested for students preparing for secondary education: FRESHMAN Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11, I2 Foreign Language History 1 , 2 , or 3 Mathematics 40,41, H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Religion Foreign Language Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Mathematics 43,64,67 Physics or Chemistry Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 - 4 5 4 5-6 5-6 4 4 - JUNIOR Religion Fine Arts Education 50,59 Speech-Communication Psychology 5 Mathematics 71,72,60 Education 52,53,54 Philosophy Computer Science 55 Education 71 Term I1 I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 4 4 3 - 4-5 5 4 4 4 0 0 0 4 - 4 - - 2 SENIOR Education 84,87 Education 83 Mathematics 83,84 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 10 4 5 4 4 5 - 8 8 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined prepares students for certification in medical technology and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. Many modifications of this program are possible; one popular alternative is substitution of Chemistry 15, 16 for Chemistry 5, 6. In the senior year, students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Sociology 11 Biology 11,12 Chemistry 5,6 History 1,2, or 3 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Chemistry 53 Biology 67,72 Biology 76 Biology 71 or 73 Biology 91,92 Elective (upper division) Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - + 5 5 5 4 6 6 6 6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 - 6 - 6 4 6 6 1 1 4 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Mathematics 40 (or 5) Pol. Sci. or Economics Speech-Communication Fine Arts Chemistry 23 Philosophy Physics 3 Term I1 I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 (5) (4) 4 - 4-5 - - 4 - - 6 4 - - 5 SENIOR Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish hospitals for 12 months. 45 crs. MEDICINE Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as trarislated into courses at Augsburg College, are as follows: Credits Biology 11, I 2 Chemistry 15,16 Chemistry 51,52 Chemistry 53 English l l , 1 2 Literature elective Mathematics 40,41 Physics 21,22,23 Social Science and Humanities General electives 12 12 12 5 10 4 10 15 27 34 Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. In addition to the required courses, pre-medical students are encouraged to take additional courses in the sciences, especially if the student is interested in an academic career in medicine or medical research. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in biology, chemistry, or natural science. The requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry; for a natural science major under Curriculums. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments or the Medical School Advisory Committee early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Music l , 2 , 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 5 5 5 5 - 4 4 4 5 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Religion Foreign Language Sociology 11 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Music 4 , 5 , 6 Applied Music JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Education 50,59 Education 52,53,54 Education 68,73 Music 53*, 54 Music 60,61 Music 57,58 Music Organization Applied Music Speech-Communication 4 0 4 5 0 1 - 3 0 0 4 2 4 4 3 3 0 0 1 1 - 4-5 Religion Education 84,87 Education 83 Pol. Sci. or Econ. H. P.E. 10 Philosophy Music Organization Art 1 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 4 1 5 4 5-6 5-6 4 4 1 1 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 10 5 - - 0 - 5 - - 4 5 0 4 - 4 - - 4 0 4 MUSIC MAJOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Music 1,2,3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1,2,3 Religion Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Music 4,5,6 Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr 4 - JUNIOR Art 1 Music 60,61,62 Music 53*, 54 ,, Music57,58 Applied Music Music Organization Electives 5 4 4 4 4 - 1 0 3 1 0 - 3 1 0 8 4 - - 5 4 4 - - 4-5 4-5 4 4 4 4 1 0 I 0 1 0 Term I 11 111 Cr. Cd Cr. SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. or Econ. Philosophy Music 76 Applied Music Music Organization Speech 11 or Literature Electives 5'- - - . - -' 4 1 0 4 :I ' 8 4 4 - a --I 0 1 0 - 10 ..5 'Chorar Technique may besubstituted for Instrurnenial Technique in the fall term. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR PREMEDICAL STUDENTS -b = This major is preented as an option for premedical students. It provides the necessary coursa for admission to most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School. I n addition, the major allows a number of elective courses. The student should choose elective courses carefully, keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he intends t o apply. care must also be taken t o ensure that enough upper.. t division credits are included. (In this specific program 16 credits of electives ~ u s be u ~ ~division e r credits.) Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - Religion' 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 H, P.E. < 2 , 3 Chemistry 15,16 Biology l l , 1 2 -6 6 , - Religiqn Foreign Language Physics 21,22,23 Biology Elective Electives 5 5 4 I h 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 6 4 4-6 IF I II Ill Chemis~ry51,52,53 Mathematics40.41.42 , . ,5 5 5 S~IOR Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. -' -, T; Speech-Cammunicat ion Pol. Sci. or Economics , Biology Electii~e - erm I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 ? ; Term SOPHOMORE - - 5 4 - I h 1h "* Religion Foreign Language Fine Arts Philosophy Biology S'eminar Electives - 4 - 5 4 4 - 4 -- 1 -A 9 1 R . e *-a - I P NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORFOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History I , 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 JUNIOR Religion Philosophy Speech-Communication Education 50,59 Natural Science or Math. Education 52,53,54 H. P.E. 10 Education 74 Fine Arts I Cr. 5 4 5-6 I n Term I1 Ill Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 - 4 Foreign Language Natural Science o r Math. Psychology 5 Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 11 11 11 - - 5 5-6 I n 1/3 Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - SOPHOMORE - - - 4 - 4 4 4 0 - 5 0 5 - 3 5 0 2 4 - - SENIOR Religion Natural Science or Math. Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Electives Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 10 5 5 5 - - 5 - 4 4 4 4 - PHILOSOPHY MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1,2,3 Electives JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 52 Philosophy Electives Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 4 - 5 5 5 - 4 4 - - 4 I h 1/3 1/3 - - Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Fine Arts Pol. Sci. or Econ. Philosophy 23 Philosophy 41,42,43 Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 5-6 5-6 4 4 5 4 4 4 - 5 - 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 - - 5 SOPHOMORE 5 5 10 10 SENIOR Religion Philosophy 99 Philosophy Electives Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 2-5 5 5 5 - 11 10 PHYSICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Physics 21,22,23 Mathematics 40,41,42 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR French or German Physics 51,52 Physics 62,63 Physics 77 Mathematics 58,83,84 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 lh 1/3 1/3 Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 4 - 4 1 4 SOPHOMORE Religion Mathematics 43 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Philosophy Physics 45 French or German Fine Arts Sociology 11 History 1,2, or 3 Elective SENIOR Religion Physics 86,87 Physics 77 Speech-Communication Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 - 5 4 5 - - - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 1 4 4 1 1 - - 4-5 11 11 8 8 POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR The following program is a typical, not mandatory, course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 History 3 Philosophy 21 Math. or Natural Science Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. 20,21 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 4 4 1/3 Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 23 Sociology 61 Computer Science 45 Pol. Sci. 30,49 Pol. Sci. Electives Art 1 or Music 30 JUNIOR Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. Electives Economics 22,23 Psychology 5 Inter. Disc. St. 96 5 - 4 4 7-8 4 4-6 - 4 4 5 - 3 - 5 5-6 4 1/3 5 - -- 5-6 4 1/3 SENIOR Political Sci. Electives Lit. or Speech Electives Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 5 5 5 4 - - 4 4 - 4 4 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 8 8 4 4 8 16 PSYCHOLOGY FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History I , 2, or 3 Sociology 11 General Psychology H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Computer Science 45 Psychology 59 Psychology 61,62 Psychology Electives Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 113 - 5 5 5 4 4 5 1/3 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 12 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Philosophy Natural Science Pol. Sci. or Econ. Fine Arts Speech-Communication Sociology 61 Psychology 64 Elective SENIOR Religion Psychology 81 Psychology 93 Psychology 99 (any term) Psychology Electives Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 5 4 - - - 4 5 -- 4-5 4 - - - 4 - 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - - 3 4 4 4 4 8 4 10 RELIGION MAJOR FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 Natural Science or Math. History 1 , 2 Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Religion 21 Religion Foreign Lang. Pol. Sci. or Econ. Fine Arts Philosophy 21 Electives JUNIOR Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Philosophy 23 Foreign Lang. Psychology 5 Electives Philosophy 5 6 4 - 5 5 5 - 5 6 4 - 5 4 4 4 5 4 8 - Religion Religion 86 Literature Sociology Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - - - 5 5 - 5 4 - 4-5 4 4 Term I I Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 8 5 4 8 5 4 8 SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES M A J O R The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Scand. I , 2 History I , 2, or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Psychology 5* Education 50*, 59: Education 52,53,54* Scand. 84,74 Philosophy 21 Scand. 62 Electives Education 67* Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 5 5 4 - - 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 0 5 - 5 4 0 - 4 3 0 5 - SOPHOMORE Scand. 3,4 Scand. 55 Scand. 51,26 Speech-Communication Pol. Sci. o r Econ. H. P.E. lo* Fine Arts Electives SENIOR Religion Education 84* Education 83*, 87* Scand. 72 Scand. 99 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 4 5 - 5 - 4-5 - 4 - - 5 4 4 4 - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - - 10 - 5 4 5 - 1-5 - 1-5 0-5 - 5-10 *Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program. A student in the two-year program must elect courses from the general education requirement to make a total of 90 credits. FIRST YEAR Religion 11 English 11,12 Business Ed. 1,lO Business Ed. 21,22 Business Ed. 50,53 History 1,2, or 3 H. P.E. 1,2,3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 5 1 5 4 4 - 5 5 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 SECOND YEAR Religion Psychology 5 Speech 11 Business Ad. 1,2 Business Ed. 8,60,64 Sociology 11 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 4 4 5 4 - - - - 5 4 4 4 SEMINARY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The following program gives the approximate preseminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History l , 2 , 3 Foreign Language* Sociology 11 H. P. E. 1 , 2 , 3 JUNIOR Greek Philosophy 41,42,43 Speech 11 Electives Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 5 5 4 4 4 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. or Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Electives SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives I Cr. 5 5-6 4 - Term II I l l Cr. Cr. 5-6 4 4 4 4 6 4 Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4-5 4 12 16 SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING I N SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits, which may be earned in either of the following distributions: A. History concentration: 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. B. Behavioral science concentration: 14 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 47 credits distributed as follows: 42-43 credits in economics, political science, and sociology, of which a minimum of 16 credits shall be upper division, with at least one upper-division course in each of the three disciplines; 4-5 credits in an additional upper-division course in one of the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. Plan A. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences (history concentration). FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History I , 2 , 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 - 4 - 4 113 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language History 21,22 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 5 4 - - 5 5 5 - JUNIOR Religion Education 50,59 Education 52,53,54 Education 70 Fine Arts Political Science 30,21 Economics 23 History H. P.E. 10 Sociology 12 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 3 0 0 0 - - 2 4 - 4 4 4 8 4 - 5 - 4 - SENIOR Education 84,87 Education 83 Speech-Communication Interdisciplinary St. 90 History 95 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 10 5 - - 4 - 4-5 2-3 - 3 12 4 - Plan B. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences (behavioral science concentration). FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 3 Sociology 11, I 2 Political Science 20 or 21 Math. or Natural Science Geography I 4 Fine Arts H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Pol. Sci. (upper div.) Social Science* Economics 58 Foreign Language Interdisc. Studies 90 H. P.E. 10 Education 50,59 Ed. 52,53,54 Education 70 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 4 1/3 - 5 - 5 4 4 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4-5 - 5 - 5 - 2-3 - - 4 0 0 - - - - 5 5 3 0 2 SOPHOMORE Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Economics 22,23 History 21,22 Sociology 61 Political Science 30 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Speech-Communication 4 5 4-5 SENIOR Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Foreign Language Social Science** Electives 10 5 - 4 - 4 4 - 4-5 - 8 8 4 5 4 4 - - 5 5 5 - *Upper division course in economics, sociology, or political science. **Upper division course in economics, history, political science, psychology, or sociology. SPANISH M A J O R See under Curriculum for French major. SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 Fine Arts JUNIOR Speech 61 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Speech 60 Speech 51,55 Education 50 Education 52,53,54 Education 59,76 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 - - 4 I h 1/3 1/3 - - 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 - 5 5 - 5 4 - 0 0 0 - - 5 - 5 - - 8 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Speech 11 Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 23 Speech 12 or 52 Speech 32 Psychology 5 SENIOR Religion Speech 16 or 67 Speech 76 Speech 66 Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Electives Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 - - 4 - - 6 6 5 - 4-5 - - 4 5 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr, 5 4-5 - - 5 - - 5 - 10 - 5 - - 4 8 - - -- -- - - THEATER ARTS MAJOR The following program is suggested for students who plan to study theater arts in graduate school. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2 o r 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language H. P.E. 1,2,3 Speech 11 Electives JUNIOR Fine Arts Philosophy English 74 English 76 Speech 60 Speech 61 Electives Term 1 II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 4 - 4 - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 5 - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 - - 4 - 4 5 5 - 7 11 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Nat. Sci. o r Math. Pol. Sci. or Econ. Speech 16 Speech 28 Speech 32 Electives SENIOR Religion English 84 Speech 66 Speech 67 Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 - 5 4 - - 5 4 4 - 4 - 4 - - - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 - 5 5 - 5 10 10 - SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Sociology 11,12 Fine Arts H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Philosophy 63 Sociology 61,' 62* Speech-Communication Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 - 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 lh 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 5 10 10 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Natural Science or Math Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Philosophy Sociology 41,58,59 Psychology 5 - - 5 5-6 5-6 - 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 5 SENIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75* Sociology 91,* 82 Soc. 85,86,87 or SOC. 92,93,94 Electives 5 - 5 - *Required for the major. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Sociology l l , l 2 Fine Arts H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion. Sociology 51,* 52,* 53* Spciology 54,* 55,* 56* Sociology 61* Psychology 5* Pol. Sci. 20,21, or 22 or Economics Electives *Required for the major. Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 5 , 5 5 5 - - 4 4 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1134 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 1 5 5 4 1 - 4 1 5 - - 4 - 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Speech-Communication Philosophy Sociology 31,58,59 Elective 4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 4 5 4 4 - - 9 SENIOR Term II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75,82,73 Psychology 61,62 Electives I 5 5 5 - 5 5 5 5 5 7 PERSONNEL THE B O A R D O F REGENTS Officers of the Board Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Jerome Formo Vice-chairman john R. Winsor.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Albert E. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co. Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota Luther Theological Seminary (Retired) Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Minnesota Insurance Exchange Dr. Harold I.Lunde, St. Louis, Missouri Manager of Planning and General Research, May Department Store Co. Mr. C.S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor; Director, Environmental Health and Safety, University of Minnesota Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota Professor, St. Olaf College Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York President, Nelson Resource Corp. Dr. Oliver H. Peterson,Jr., Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Senior Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. Bertil Sandberg, St. Paul, Minnesota Secretary-Treasurer, N. H. Sandberg Erection Co. Secretary . . . . . Treasurer Mr. Clifford C. Sommer, Owatonna, Minnesota President, Security Bank &Trust Co. The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack, St. Paul, Minnesota Professor, Luther Theological Seminary Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Mr. John R. Winsor, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Burton P. Fosse President Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College ...................................... Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President and Executive Assistant to the President Vice President for Development Miss Fern I. Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women ....................................... Vice President for Student Affairs Thomas Holman Miss Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miss Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty ............... Assistant Registrar Karlis L. Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing Sigvald Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni Relations Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Coordinator StevenVite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager,NewsBureau Russell Jones . . Coordinator of Campus Events and Manager of Music Organizations Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Director of Admissions David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Warren D. Cuplin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Plant Services Carl Stromer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services Rafael Cuerrero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor Douglas Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of College Center Irving Hoel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D. C. Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota Batzli Electric Company Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, A. D.Strong Company Mr. R. J.Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota President, Warner Hardware Company Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Dain, Kallman &Quail, Inc. Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota Northern States Power Company (Retired) Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gamble-Skogmo, Inc. Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington President, Elling Halvorson, Inc. Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Knutson Companies, Inc. Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota President, Minneapolis Gas Company Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman, Executive Committee, Tescom Corporation (Retired) Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa President, First National Bank Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. A. Herbert Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Lutheran Brotherhood Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc. Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota Consultant to Management, IDS Properties, Inc. Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota President, Apache Corporation Mr. Dean B. Randall, Excelsior, Minnesota Vice President, Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio President, 0. G. Sandbo Company The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota Judgeof the District Court General L. J.Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota Midland National Bank (Retired) Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, JeffersonTransportation Co. Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Cuplin, Fosse, G. Johnson PRESIDENT'S CABINET: 0. Anderson, M i s s Martinson, M i s s Joel, Stromer, Ecklund, M. Johnson, Mandsager, Lancaster, Walgren, Jones FACULTY SENATE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Benson, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Palosaari, Mrs. Noonan, Torstenson, Alton, Sulerud EDUCATIONAL POLICIES: Bailey, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, E. Johnson, Ollila, P. Quanbeck, Davis, Steinmetz, Mrs. Dyrud, Stenshoel, Gulden, Thorpe LIBRARY: Ozolins, Reichenbach, Miss A. Pederson, R. Nelson, Hanwick STUDENT PERSONNEL: G . Johnson, Miss Martinson, K. Paulson, Gustafson, Mrs. Sibley, Dewey ADMISSIONS AND STUDENT Rozentals, D. Johnson, Holman STANDING: Bailey, Miss Joel, Follingstad, Miss INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION: Mrs. M. Johnson, Sargent, Miss Joel, Miss M. Anderson ATHLETICS: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Persons, Kiive FACULTY SOCIAL FUNCTIONS: Mrs. L. Peterson, Mosand, Koehler, Mrs. Nichols, Mrs. Baltina TEACHER EDUCATION: E. J. Johnson, Pearson, G. Nelson Johnson, Mrs. Ludeman, Mrs. Parker, Miss Lund, FACULTY PERSONNEL POLICIES: Miss Cole, Fardig, Holman, Nordlie, Sateren *JUDICIAL COUNCIL: E. Nelson, Gundersen, Rusch, Mrs. Anderegg *STUDENT-FACULTY COUNCIL: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Johnsrud, Herforth *CONVOCATIONS: Agre, Gabrielsen, Thompson, Mrs. E. Olson, Wasko *RELIGIOUS LIFE: Mandsager, Riley, Miss Kemmer ARCHIVES: Ozolins, Chrislock, L. Hansen, M. Quanbeck *Joint Student-Faculty Committees THE FACULTY RUTH AASKOV (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French (on leave Term 1, 196970 B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. COURTLAND ACRE (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota. EARL ALTON (1960), Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., W61, University of Michigan. LYLA MAE ANDEREGG (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. BARBARA ANDERSEN (1969), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Northwestern College, 1949; M.A., Northwestern University, 1954. ERNEST ANDERSON (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. *MARGARET ANDERSON (1969), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1948. MARY MARIE ANDERSON (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. OSCAR A. ANDERSON (1963), President of t h e College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; L.L.D., Concordia College, 1963. R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON (1949), Professor of Speech B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University o f Minnesota. *ALLEN H. BACHELDER (1967), Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass) B.A., 1961, and B.S., 1966, University of Minnesota. KENNETH C. BAILEY (1965), Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of t h e College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University o f Minnesota. VALERIA B. BALTINA (1967), Instructor i n German Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933, University o f Latvia. *Part-Time Faculty STEPHEN K. BATALDEN (1969), lnstructor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1967. JOHN E. BENSON (1963), Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University. *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY (19661, Assistant Professor of Music B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948, Northwestern University. *NELLY T. BLACKBURN (1963-64,1968), lnstructor of French B.A., Earlham College, 1949. *VERNON M. BLOOM (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. *PENELOPE A. CAIRNS (1967), lnstructor in French B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967. *LOUIS H. CAMPBELL (1969), lnstructor of Speech B.A., Westminster College, 1964; M.A., Brigham Young University, 1967. CARL H. CHRISLOCK (1952), Professor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN (1938-63), President Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. *L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN (1959-60,1961-62,1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. ROBERT W. CLYDE (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1964. AILENE COLE (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949. *EDWIN L. CROSBY (1969), lnstructor of Political Science B.A., 1961, and M.A., 1966, University of Minnesota. WARREN D. CUPLIN (1968), Business Manager B.S., University of Illinois, 1955; M.S., Northern Illinois University, 1967. K. BERNER DAHLEN (1941),Associate Professor of English (on leave 1969-70) B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. F. MARK DAVIS (1968),Associate Professor of English B.A., William JenningsBryan College, 1956; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1958; Ph.D., Duke University, 1966. CARLYLE C. DEWEY (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota. BEVERLY C. DURKEE (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics (on leave 1969-70) B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.M., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. GRACE B. DYRUD (19621, Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. EDGAR E. EKLOF (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955. *KENNETH N. ERICKSON (1964-65,1969), Associate Professor of Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., Michigan State University, 1964. SHELDON FARDIG (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University. HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. 1950. BURTON P. FOSSE (1953), Vice President and Executive Assistant to the President B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN (1963), lnstructor in Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. ORLOU E GISSELQU IST (1956), Associate Professor of History (on leave 1969-70) B.A., 1943, M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. RUTH ANN GJERDE(1968), lnstructor of Health and Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1967. *EDWIN L. GROENHOFF (1966), Visiting Professor of Geography B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957; Ed.D., of Colorado, 1968. LARRY G. GRU (1968), lnstructor of Business Administration B.A., Colgate University, 1964; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967. DEAN B. GULDEN (1966), Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967. JOHN H. GUNDERSEN (19671, lnstructor of Scandinavian B.A., City College of New York, 1961. DONALD R. GUSTAFSON (1961-63,1966), Assistant Professor of History B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1969, University of Wisconsin. ARLlN E. GYBERG (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. CARL R. HAMMARBERG (19531, Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. LElF E. HANSEN (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. THEODORE J. HANWICK (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and MS., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. THERESA G. HAYNES (19681, Director of the Audio Visual Services University MELVIN HELLAND (1941-64), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. *KATHERINE A. HENNIG (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.S., 1933 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota. ROBERT S. HERFORTH (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., 1963, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska. NORMAN D. HOLEN (1964), Assistant Professor of Art B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. THOMAS R. HOLMAN (1966), Vice President for Student Affairs, Associate Dean of Students, and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966. JOHN R. HOLUM (1957-58,1959), Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1969-70) B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. VALIJA JAUNLININS (1965), Instructor in German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. VIVIAN JENKINS(1969), Special Education Counselor in the Center for Student Development and Director of the F.A.M.E. Program with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Dana College, 1965. CAROL J. JENNINGS(1969), Special Skills Counselor in the Center for Student Development and Assistant Professor of English B.S., Wisconsin State University, 1962; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1969. *IRENE KHlN KHlN JENSEN(1955-56,1959), Associate Professor of History (on leave, terms ll & Ill 1969-70). B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. *OLIVE J. JENSEN(1966), Lecturer in Art B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. MILDRED V. JOEL (1947), Registrar with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. DUANE E. JOHNSON (1968), Associate Professor of Psychology I B.A., Huron College, 1954; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; M.E., South Dakota m State University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. ElNAR 0.JOHNSON (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.Q., 1961, University of Washington. GLEN W. JOHNSON (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. JAMES D. JOHNSON (1961), Assistant Professor of Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. . *MARY E. JOHNSON (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. SHERMAN J. JOHNSRUD (1960-61,1965-66,1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. ROBERT KARLEN (1959), Assistant Professor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959. *JOANNE KARVONEN (1965-68,1969), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962. *GRACE E. KEMMER (1966), Librarian I,Acquisition Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. *SYLVIA J. KERR (1968), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Carleton College, 1963; M.S., 1966 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. PRllDU KllVE (19661, lnstructor in Physics B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959. BERNHARDT 1. KLEVEN (1937-46,1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. BOYD N. KOEHLER (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. *MAYNARD W. LlNN (1969), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy B.A., Augustana College, 1962. LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota KAREN P. LONG (1969), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., Gettysburg College, 1965. RUTH G. LUDEMAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. GERTRUDE S. LUND (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. LYNN L. McCABE (1968), lnstructor of English B.A., 1963; M.A., 1967; and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. *PATRICIA A. McCOLM (1969), lnstructor of Speech B.A., University of Arizona, 1968. *MARIE 0. McNEFF (1968), Assistant Professor of Education B.S., 1960; M.Ed., 1963; and Ph.D., 1967, University of Nebraska. ORLIN L. MANDSAGER (1960-61,1962), Campus Pastor and lnstructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. FERN MARTINSON (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950. MARTHA M. MAlTSON (1960-68), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. *DIANA L. METZKER (1968), Artist in Residence in Music (piano/organ) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. EDWlN D. MICKELBERG (1956), Associate Professor of Biology (on half-time leave of absence 1969-70) B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. SHEROD L. MILLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Sociology B.A., Wheaton College, 1962; M.S.W., Florida State University, 1964. J O H N R. MITCHELL (1968), lnstructor of English B.A., Maryville College, 1962. *AUGUST MOLDER (1963), Artist i n Residence and lnstructor o f A r t Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. GERDA MORTENSEN (19231, Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. J O H N B. M O S A N D (1967), lnstructor i n Art Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University o f Illinois, 1960-61. D A V I D G. MUTCHLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Mathematics B.A., Hamline University, 1964; M.A., Columbia University, 1965. ARTHUR NASH (1922-661, Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. *CHESTER A. NELSON (19691, Visiting Lecturer o f Health and Physical Education B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1938. EDOR C. NELSON (19461, Associate Professor o f Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University o f Minnesota, 1947. G O R D O N L. NELSON (1967), Assistant Professor o f Sociology B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University o f Chicago Divinity School, 1965. RICHARD C. NELSON (1968), Assistant Professor o f History B.A., University o f Nebraska, 1964; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. CRIER NICHOLL (1961), Associate Professor o f English (on leave Term 1,1969-70) B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota, 1964. CHERYL C. NICHOLS (19681, lnstructor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1967. * J O H N L. NIELSEN (19661, Artist i n Residence and lnstructor i n Music (Brass) B.A., lowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University o f lowa, 1963. N O R M A C. N O O N A N (19661, Associate Professor o f Political Science (on leave Term I and one-half Term 11,1969-70) B.A., University o f Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University. D A V I D NORDLIE (1961), Assistant Professor o f Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University o f Minnesota, 1965. DOUGLAS J. OLLILA (1966), Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963. ESTHER J.OLSON (1960), Associate Professor of Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D., 1956, University o f Minnesota. *NILS W. OLSSON (1967-68,19691, Visiting Professor of Scandinavian A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago. GARY OSMAN (1968), lnstructor of Spanish B.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. *WILLIAM E. OYLER (1969), lnstructor of German B.A., Carleton College, 1954; B.S. in Ed, 1961, and M.A., 1963, University of Minnesota. KARLIS OZOLINS (1955), Head Librarian with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.A. in Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota. RONALD G. PALOSAARI (1965), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *PATRICIA A. PARKER (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. KERMIT E. PAULSON (19681, Assistant Professor of Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1963. WAYNE C. PAULSON (1969), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Luther College, 1965; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1968. HOWARD E. PEARSON (1956), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. ANNE PEDERSON (1932-44,19461, Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. WARREN L. PERSONS (1968), lnstructor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1966; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1968. LaVONNE PETERSON (1950), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1953. *KATHRYN J. PFEFFER (1968), Instructional Assistant of Health and Physical Education for Women B.S., Moorhead State College, 1962. RONALD D. PFEFFER (1966), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education B.S., Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966. *OLGA PULESTON (19691, lnstructor of Sociology B.A., University of Delaware, 1964. MARTIN QUANBECK (1938), Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota. PHILIP A. QUANBECK (1957), Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th,, 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary. LLOYD E. RAYMOND (1969), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., Mankato State College, 1969. BRUCE R. REICHENBACH (1968), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Wheaton College, 1965; M.A., 1967 and Ph.D., 1968, Northwestern University. ri. Yir JOHN F. RILEY (1968), Associate Professor of Religion B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1951; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1964, Catholic University of America. FLOYD ROMSLO (1969), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962. GUNTA ROZENTALS (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., 1956; M.A., 1961, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. WILLIAM G. RUSCH (1968), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., 1959 and M.A., 1960, University of Buffalo; B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1963; D. Phil, University of Oxford, 1965. *THOMAS R. RYKKEN (1968), lnstructor in Computer Science B.A., St. Olaf College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. EDWARD M. SABELLA (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960. JACQUELYN B. SAHLIN (1969), Assistant Professor of Education B.A., Wayne State University, 1952; M.A., Roosevelt University, 1960. RICHARD B. SARGENT (1967), Assistant Professor of English B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965. LELAND B. SATEREN (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakeland College, 1965. EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD (1959), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD (1952), Associate Professor of Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. *RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ (1968), Visiting Professor of Religion A.B., University of Illinois, 1949; M.A., 1955 and Ph.D., 1960, Hebrew Union College. JESSE M. SHAPIRO (1969), Professor of Mathematics B.A., 1950; M.A., 1951 and Ph.D., 1954, University of Minnesota. *MARJORIE H. SIBLEY (1961), Librarian II, Reference Librarian B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. EUGENE SKIBBE (1964), Associate Professor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. DAlNA SMlTS (1968), lnstructor of Economics B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *CARROLL I.STEIN (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., 1956; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1966, University of Minnesota. DONALD B. STEINMETZ (1968), Associate Professor of Modern Languages B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. *CHARLES A. STENDAHL, JR. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1969. MYLES C. STENSHOEL (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. RALPH SULERUD (19641, Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska. PHILIP J. THOMPSON (1959), Associate Professor of Art B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958. NEAL 0.THORPE (19671, Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. JOHNTHUT (1947-66), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. VERA THUT (1947-68), Instructor Emeritus B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. JOELS. TORSTENSON (1938-42,1947), Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *THOMAS N. TWEETEN (1968), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry B.S., Winona State College, 1968. ERLING J. URDAHL (1943), Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *LEO B. VETVICK (1966), Lecturer of Sociology A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955. EUGENE VUlClCH (1967), Assistant Professor of Music B.A., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967. *SISTER AGNES WARD (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. DOUGLAS P. WASKO (1968)) Director of College Center B.S., 1961 and M.Ed., 1965, University of Minnesota. BEVERLY A. WEGGE (1966), Assistant Registrar B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958. Q. FREDERICK WESSMAN (1969), Assistant Director for the Center of Student Develop- ment with rank of Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Augsburg College, 1965; M.A., American University, 1967. DAVID C. W O O D (1969), Associate Professor of English B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1958; M.A., 1959 and Ph.D., 1969, Bowling Green State University. L. WILLIAM YOUNGDAHL (1968), Director of the Center for Urban Programs B.A., Yale University, 1950; B.D., Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 1954; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, 1955. Non-Returning Faculty *CALVIN W. APPELBY (1968-69), Lecturer of Sociology B.A., Kent State University, 1956. JOYCE C. ASCHENBRENN ER (1968-69), Associate Professor of Sociology B.A., Newcomb College, 1954; M.A., Tulane University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. CRAIG B. CARLSON (1967-69), lnstructor of English B.A., College of William and Mary, 1965. GEORGE A. FEVlG (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.B.A., University of Chicago, 1965. *CLIFFORD L. JOHNSON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Southern Illinois University. *JAMES C. KINCANNON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., Washington & Lee University, 1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967 *ROBERT A. LEWIS (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953; B.D., Moravian Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. *WILLIAM 0. NILSEN (1968-69), Visiting Professor of Education B.A., St. Olaf College, 1924; M.A., University of Minn-esota, 1935. *KNUT NYSTEDT (1968-69), Artist in Residence in Music Eksamen Artium, 1935; Oslo Conservatory of Music, 1936 and 1943. WAYNE R. PARK (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., Trinity College, 1958; M.S., Northwestern University, 1959. *JAMES W. P R A n (1968-69), lnstructor of Speech B.A., Macalester College, 1966. *JERIE M. P R A n (1967-69), Instructor of Speech B.A., Macalester College, 1966. *BRIAN L. RAINER (1967-68), lnstructor of Greek B.A., Luther College, 1964; M.A., University of Iowa, 1966. *WILMA A.'SWEDBURG (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Education B.S., 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ed.Sp., 1962, University of Minnesota. *ROBERT F. WALD (1968-69), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy B.A., St. John's University, 1963. GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1, 1967 to AUGUST 31,1968 Ackermann, Carol Martinez / Northfield, Minn. Ackerson, Constance M . /Cumberland, Wis. Agrimson, lone Evangeline / Bismarck, N. Dak. Amdall, Elizabeth Ann /Barron, Wis. Andell, Paul Arne / Miami, FI. Andersen, Norman R. / Newport, Minn. Anderson, Donna Mae /Red Wing, Minn. Anderson, Dorothy L. /Madison, Minn. Anderson, Margaret Rose / Richfield, Minn. Anderson, Michael B. /Minneapolis, Minn. Anthonisen, Ann Larson /Cokato, Minn. Arndt, Michael John / Hutchinson, Minn. Asp, Camilla Joy/Ames, lowa Bachman, Jean Frances /Richfield, Minn. Barnett, Robert ~ a d e / M i n n e a p o l i s ,Minn. Batalden, Carol J. / Lamberton, Minn. Beck, Joyce Ersted / Donnelly, Minn. Behm, Christ Joseph /St. Paul, Minn. Belter, Lois Lillian /Glencoe, Minn. Bengtson, James Dennis /St. Louis Park, Minn. Benson, Donald R. Jr. / Bloomington, Minn. Benson, W. Bruce/Center City, Minn. Berg, Allan Jerome/Austin, Minn. Berg, David F. / Beloit, Wis. Berg, Gene Arthur / Wanamingo, Minn. Berg, Priscilla Ann /Minneapolis, Minn. Berglund, Jean Elizabeth /Minneapolis, Minn. Berndt, Bonita Louise /Osseo, Minn. Bjerkestrand, JoelSilas Jr. /Minneapolis, Minn. Bjornlund, Robert Ronald / Holden, Mass. Boe, David Eugene/Adams, Minn. Bogeskov, Nancy Louise /Bloomington, Minn. Bohnsack, John Richard /Chaska, Minn. Bollerud, Gracia Mae /Minneapolis, Minn. Bomsta, Stanley M. /St. Paul, Minn. Braaten,.Janet Marie,/ Elk River, Minn. Braud, Carole Sandra /South St. Paul, Minn. Britt, Donald E. /La Crosse, Wis. Britt, Judith Ann Hurtig / Hector, Minn. Brown, Perilyn Ruth /Charles City, lowa Buckman, Patricia Mariam / Le Center, Minn. Burch, Donna Marie /South St. Paul, Minn. Burns, Mary Jane Larson /St. Paul Park, Minn. Carlson, James Ernest /Aitkin, Minn. Carlson, Margery Lynette/Richfield, Minn. Carlstrom, Geraldine E. /Red Wing, Minn. Chilgren, Duane Allen /St. Anthony Village, Minn. Christensen, Linda Rae / Hartland, Minn. Cox, Miriam Charlene /St. Paul, Minn. Dale, Charles Vernon 11 /Forest Lake, Minn. Derfler, David J. /Minneapolis, Minn. DeVries, Jonathan W. /Bejou, Minn. Digree, JoAnne Celeste /Minneapolis, Minn. Dunshee, Sharon /Minneapolis, Minn. Eckberg, John Charles /Gibbon, Minn. Eggum, Elen ldell /Albert Lea, Minn. Eidsvoog, Jane Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn. Engel, Margaret A. / Hanley Falls, Minn. Elavsky, Jeffery Craig /Minneapolis, Minn. Enger, William /Fairmont, Minn. Ersfeld, Dean Arnold /Lakeville, Minn. Erickson, Stephen Keith /St. Paul, Minn. Fahlberg, John A. /Alexandria, Minn. Farmer, William B. /Minneapolis, Minn. Faue, Jeffrey Lawrence /Minneapolis, Minn. Feig, Douglas Gregory /Minneapolis, Minn. Firl, Mary Louise /Red Wing, Minn. Fredrickson, Alan R. / Hutchinson, Minn. Frisk, Douglas Quentin /Minneapolis, Minn. Garmer, Gregory Richard /Elk River, Minn. Gerken, John Ralph /Raymond, Minn. Gilbertson, JoAnn /Richfield, Minn. Cislason, Allen Wayne /Minneapolis, Minn. Gravell, Carolyn J. /Mound, Minn. Gudmestad, Kim A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Guetzkow, Denis G. /Anoka, Minn. Gunderson, Lynn James/Minneapolis, Minn. Gunderson, Thomas Harding /Dodge Center, Minn. Haack, Linda Caroline/Spring Lake Park, Minn. Hageseth, JonAubrey / Elk River, Minn. Hallcock, Lois Arlene / Northfield, Minn. Hansen, Wayne Norman /Mount Prospect, 111. Hanson, Barbara Rae /Sand Creek, Wis. Hanson Carolyn A. /Robbinsdale, Minn. Hanson, Mark Stephen /St. Paul, Minn. Hanson, Robert Nels /Harris, Minn. Hartmark, Leif S. /Arden Hills, Minn. Haugann, Else Dagny Momrak /Oslo, Norway Hendrkkson, Dale A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Hoekstra, Donna Anderson /St. Paul, Minn. Hoel, Brian Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn. Holm, Virginia Louise /Minneapolis, Minn. Hopper, John Douglas /Fergus Falls, Minn. Hoversten, Martha Annette / Brainerd, Minn. Hukee, Byron Edgar /St. Francis, Minn. Husbyn, Natalie M . /Cannon Falls, Minn. Ilstrup, Duane Montor / Buffalo, Minn. Ilstrup, Russell Emris /Buffalo, Minn. Jacobson, Harold Leon / Lake Lillian, Minn. Jedlund, Steven Douglas /Richfield, Minn. Jensen, Gerald David / Menomonie, Wis. Johnson,Alan R. /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Dean Sheldon /Blaine, Minn. Johnson, Dolores Johanna/Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson,Gail Linda/Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson,Gary Allan /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Herald Allan /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Nancy Wells /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson,Richard Lamson / Edina, Minn. Johnson,Theodore Reynold / Kerkhoven, Minn. Johnson,Timothy L. /Tananarive, Malagasy Republic Johnson,William James/ Escanaba, Mich. Jones, Nancy Lee / Hopkins, Minn. Jopke,Walter Henry Jr. / Fridley, Minn. Jordan, Rebecca Hedlund, Minneapolis, Minn. Jorgensen, Linda Kay /Redwood Falls, Minn. Jorgenson, Myrna Jean/Minneapolis, Minn. Joyce, David Allen / Bloomington, Minn. Jurgensen, Mary S. /Minneapolis, Minn. Kahl, Meridel Louise / New Lenox, Ill. Kanne, Karen Kay / Brainerd, Minn. Kelly, Susan Dianne /Minneapolis, Minn. Kendrick, Luther Wayne/Rapid City, S. Dak. Kern, David M. /Minneapolis, Minn. Knudson, Kathleen / Fairmont, Minn. Kopperud, Vicki E. /St. Paul, Minn. Korogi, Patricia A. /Golden Valley, Minn. Kristenson, Stephen Paul /Wanamingo, Minn. Larson, Elaine Marie/Toledo, Ohio Larson, Melinda Anne Marie /Bayfield, Wis. Lee, Rebecca / Hollywood, Calif. Leitzke, Roberta J. Humphrey /Minneapolis, Minn. Lestrud, Karolynn /Menomonie, Wis. Lawatsch, Frank Hjalman /Elk River, Minn. Liljequist, Carolyn /Minneapolis, Minn. Lindeman, Glen Raymond / Paynesville, Minn. Linden, Patricia Ann /Grantsburg, Wis. Lindgren, Richard A. /Cockeysville, Md. Lindquist, Kathlynn M. /St. Louis Park, Minn. Loftness, David Palmer / Hector, Minn. Lukens, Argyle Ellis /Albert Lea, Minn. Lunneborg, Mary Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn. Luukkonen, Thomas Lloyd /Big Lake, Minn. Lyle, Carolyn Natalie /Minneapolis, Minn. Malm, John Randolph /St. Louis Park, Minn. Malotky, Lyle Oscar /Richfield, Minn. Marks, Lyman E. /Lester Prairie, Minn. McMullen, Max M. / Eden Prairie, Minn. Melby, David John / Hendricks, Minn. Mikutowski, Mary Julia/South St. Paul, Minn. Miller, Gary Allen /Minneapolis, Minn. McMullen, Sharon Kay /Rogers, Minn. Miller, Margaret A. /Vincent, Iowa Neiderhauser, Audrey P. /Ellsworth, Wis. Nelson, Dennis R. /Minneapolis, Minn. Nelson, Robert Dennis /Minneapolis, Minn. Nelson, Ronald E. / Portland, N. Dak. Nelson, Ronald G. / Dawson, Minn. Nelson, Suzann Johnson/Evansville, Minn. Neseth, Sandra Avon / Kenyon, Minn. Nichols, Donald Harold /Minneapolis, Minn. Niles, Charles Arden / Hopkins, Minn. Nilsson, Ronald Allan /Des Plaines, Ill. Norine, JamesMichael / Pennock, Minn. Nye, JamesHarry /Minneapolis, Minn. Nyquist, Kathleen Louise /St. Paul, Minn. Nystrom, NoReen /Golden Valley, Minn. Odegard, Lorelyn Ann / Dubuque, la. Ojeda, Bernard P. Jr. /Brooklyn, N. Y. Olsen, Roberta Ann /Minneapolis, Minn. Olson, Douglas K. /St. James, Minn. Olson, Judith Kay /Robbinsdale, Minn. Olson, Kathryn Elizabeth /Hoffman, Minn. Olson, Marsha Strommen /St. James, Minn. Oslund, Sam David / Escanaba, Mich. Pagel, Sandra Kaye /Cannon Falls, Minn. Palm, Gregory John /Richfield, Minn. Pedersen, JaniceNaomi /Chicago, Ill. Pedersen, Karen Elizabeth /Copenhagen, Denmark Pedersen, Linda Lee / Minneapolis, Minn. Pederson, Jonathan Edward /Minneapolis, Minn. Pederson, Kathleen L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Peters Mary Joy/Chisago City, Minn. Peters, Robert J. /Madelia, Minn. Petersen, Lois Scott /Minneapolis, Minn. Peterson, Joan Marie / Eden Prairie, Minn. Peterson, Mary Roiland / Starbuck, Minn. Peterson, Nancy Carolyn /New London, Minn. Pierson, Esther C. /Minneapolis, Minn. Pilcher, Pamela Jean/Blue Earth, Minn. Pilgrim, David J. /St. Paul, Minn. Prigge, Roger Irvin /St. Paul, Minn. Quenemoen, Richard Wayne / Boyd, Minn. Redeske, JoanCarol / Edina, Minn. Robison, Thomas Lockert / Richfield, Minn. Roebke, John M . /Hector, Minn. Rogness, Audry JaneAnderson /Ashby, inn. Romerein, Judy Elaine/Minneapolis, Minn. Romslo, James/ International Falls, Minn. Ronning, Merrill Dean /Park River, N. Dak. Rood, Lynette Kaye /Minneapolis, Minn. Ruud, Robert Henry /Richfield, Minn. Sackreiter, Karen Foss /Spooner, Wisc. Salmonson, Cecelia E. /Roseau, Minn. Sanford, Karen Jean/Wausau, Wisc. Sateren, Leland Bernhard Jr./Minneapolis, Minn. Schaubach, JudithAnderson /Minneapolis, Minn. Schivone, Mary Louise / Mound, Minn. Schmidt, Gary Hugh /Minneapolis, Minn. Schornstein, Robert Victor /St. Paul, Minn. Schueler, Bette Ann /Melrose, Minn. Schulz, Alan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn. Seegmiller, Steven M. / Decorah, Iowa Sethre, Earl William / Preston, Minn. Severson, Clair Frederick / Minneapolis, Minn. Severson, JanA. /Cambridge, Minn. Shaler, Emily Louise /Minneapolis, Minn. Shelstad, Dennis LeRoy /Minneapolis, Minn. Sie, Amy Yu-Mei / Hong Kong Sletten, Donald A. /Souris, N. Dak. Sorbel, Dorayne J. /St. Paul, Minn. Stadum, Beverly Ann /Minot, N. Dak. Stafsberg, Dianne Lea / Brainerd, Minn. Stangland, Gary B. /Morris, Illinois Starn, Susanne Louise /Minneapolis, Minn. Stavnes, Lowell E. / Lamberton, Minn. Steen, Peter Timothy / Minneapolis, Minn. Steenson, Robert L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Steffen, Jane Louise /Walnut Grove, Minn. Stevens, Nancy E. /Minneapolis, Minn. Stivland, Sidney Ralph / Lowry, Minn. Stratton, Terrance L. / Bloomington, Minn. Struckmann, Ronald H. / Rochester, Minn. Sundberg, Stanley Waldon /Minneapolis, Minn. Swanson, Bonnie Lee / Northfield, Minn. Swanson, T. Leonard /Minneapolis, Minn. Sylvester, JoAnne Lois / Hutchinson, Minn. Tholen, Judith J. /Aitkin, Minn. Thompson, James Kermit / Minneapolis, Minn. Thoreson, Larry B. /Kenyon, Minn. / North Branch, Minn. Thorp, Janet ~ l a i n e Tiedeman, Diane Joan / Richfield, Minn. Timm, Mary R. / Bricelyn, Minn. Turner,Jeanne Marie /West St. Paul, Minn. Vaala, Janice E. /Robbinsdale, Minn. Vaala, Leslie David /Granite Falls, Minn. Van Ornum, Bonita Karen / LaMoure, N. Dak. Volz, Joan L. /Frost, Minn. Weinard, John P. Jr. /St. Louis Park, Minn. Wellnitz, Lois Adel / Lafayette, Minn. Wilkman, Helen I./ Deer River, Minn. Williams, Kathleen Dianne /Sacred Heart, Minn. Wilt, Judith Kay /Minneapolis, Minn. Wolslegel, Mary Ellen /Wausau, Wisc. Young, Richard John /Cannon Falls, Minn. Youngquist, Myrtis M. /St. Paul, Minn. Zieserner, William M . /St. Paul, Minn. GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1, 1968 to AUGUST 31,1969 Adix, Kathleen Ruby /Alden, Minn. Affolter, Ronald H. /Lindenhunt, Ill. Agre, Annetta Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn. Ahrens, Dallas A. /Windom, Minn. Alm, Karen Marie / Forest Lake, Minn. Anderson, Bonnie L. /Sargeant, Minn. Anderson, Douglas Scott hchaumburg, Ill. Anderson, Stewart C. /Minneapolis, Minn. Anderson, Sydney J. / Braham, Minn. Andreason, Marjorie Lucille / Minneapolis, Minn. Anthonisen, John Christopher / Richfield, Minn. Arvidson, Lynn A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Bailey, Suzan K. /Randall, Minn. Becklund, Sandra /Minneapolis, Minn. Beenken, David Low /Minneapolis, Minn. Bell, Thomas Paul /Minneapolis, Minn. Bengtson, Ardell Thorpe / New Brighton, Minn. Bengtson, Dennis Ray / Richfield, Minn. Benson, Lynn Barbara /Minneapolis, Minn. Berg, Lona May /Welch, Minn. Berg, Ronald A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Betzler, William F., Jr. /Buhl, Minn. Bickel, Lynda Sue /St. Paul, Minn. Bjorklund, Pamela Joan /Columbia Heights, Minn. Bjur, Yvonne Mae /Bloomington, Minn. Blazina, Barbara Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn. Blomquist, Susan Joan /Watertown, Minn. Boe, Darrell A. /Grand Rapids, Minn. Boen, Gary Lee / Burnsville, Minn. Bolstad, Nancy H. /Helena, Montana Botten, Thomas Ford /Minneapolis, Minn. Bottge, Brian Adrian /Renville, Minn. Bottge, Donna Nordang /Granite Falls, Minn. Branes, Joel Keith /St. Paul, Minn. Bucka, Barbara Jean/St. Louis Park, Minn. Carlson, Wayne Donald / Kerkhoven, Minn. Challgren, C. Gene /Sylmar, Cal. Childs, Maureen Gladys /Columbia Heights Minn. Christensen, Sonya Ruth /Minneapolis, Minn. Christianson, Carol Anne/St. Paul, Minn. Christian, Pamela Kaye /Sheridan, Ill. Cina, David George / Richfield, Minn. Clark, Sharon Ann /Coon Rapids, Minn. DahI, Beth S. Foss /Wayzata, Minn. Danielson, Maynard /Cadott, Wisc. DeVries, Stephen James/ Edina, Minn. Docken, Thomas Lloyd /Minneapolis, Minn. Edstrom, Philip E. /Marine on St. Croix, Minn. Egertson, Bruce D. /Tulsa, Okla. Erickson, Cheryl Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn. Ersfeld, Diana Olson /New Brighton, Minn. Essen, Michael D. / Edina, Minn. Fenton, Richard William / Peoria, Ill. Finke, Patricia Anne /Minneapolis, Minn. Follingstad, Diane Ruth /Chicago, Ill. Ford, Kathleen Page/Minneapolis, Minn. Forseth, Marilyn Jeanne/ Minneapolis, Minn. Franck, Michael J. /Minneapolis, Minn. Frank, Paul W. /Deer Park, Wisc. Fredrickson, Pamela Ann /Burnsville, Minn. Froyum, Dale Walter /Wanamingo, Minn. Fundingsland, JohnAnderson /Minneapolis, Minn. Garmer, Mary Katherine Michaelsen / Minneapolis, Minn. Gisselquist, JamesClement / Story City, la. Goetsch, Kristi Sanford / Wausau, Wisc. Grams, Robert Warren /Anoka, Minn. Greene, Mary Elizabeth /Minneapolis, Minn. Greenfield, John C. / Northfield, Minn. Hagel, Barbara Lee /St. Paul, Minn. Hagestuen, Dorothy Sharon /Starbuck Minn. Halseth, Roberta Loie /Mounds View, Minn. Halverson, Joan Yvonne / Dallas, Wisc. Halvorson, Carol Sue / Brainerd, Minn. Hansen, Lois Batalden / Lamberton, Minn. Hanson, David C. /Columbia Heights, Minn. Hanson, Sandra Marie/Minneapolis, Minn. Hausske, George Edward, Jr. /Wheaton, Ill. Hawkins, Janice Elizabeth /Lake Lillian, Minn. Hedstrom, L. Keith /Scandia, Kansas Heege, Nancy Johnson /Sioux Falls, S. Dak. Helgeson, oiane Kay /Menomonie, Wisc. Helgeson, Eunice May /Tracy, Minn. Helmbrecht, Royce Ralph / Hayfield, Minn. Hermann, Kaye Lilien /Delano, Minn. Hermerding, Ertwin / Duluth, Minn. Hoel, Mary Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn. Holden, Kristi Ellen /Westby, Wisc. Holden, Ronald Edward / Eleva, Wisc. Holmberg, Carole Lee /Fridley, Minn. Holte, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn. Hoplin, David Glenn /Lowry, Minn. Horner, Donald James/Minneapolis, Minn. Hoseth, JamesAlan /Two Harbors, Minn. Hubbling, John Randolph /East Greenwich, Rhode Island Huovie, Curtis Oliver /Robbinsdale, Minn. Jacobs; Gerald John /Robbinsdale, Minn. Jacobson, Miriam Janice/Kenyon, Minn. Jacobson, Rosemary /Menomonie, Wisc. Jamieson, Bonnie J. /St. Paul, Minn. Jenneke, Cheryl Yvonne / Lester Prairie, Minn. Jensen,Juanita Louise /Minneapolis, Minn. Jensen, Karen Elaine / Goodridge, Minn. Jensen, LeRoy / Milltown, Wisc. Jetzer, Thomas Carl /Sheboygan, Wisc. Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, David John /Bloomington, Minn. Johnson, Donna Lynne/Chisago City, Minn. Johnson, Kay Lynn /Willmar, Minn. Johnson, Laurel Jones/Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Norma Jean/Princeton, Minn. Johnson, JonScott /Robbinsdale, Minn. Johnson, Thomas Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn. Jones, Judith Lynn /Rochester, Minn. Jones, Russell Keith /Massapequa, N.Y. Jones, Sandra R. /Marshall, Minn. Jurisch, John A. / Hector, Minn. Kangas, Judith Johnson/Frazee, Minn. Karkhoff, James Edward /Minneapolis, Minn. Kelley, Suzanne /Golden Valley, Minn. King, Peter C. / Rosemount, Minn. King, Richard Earl / Rosemount, Minn. Kirchner, Robert William /Anoka, Minn. Kloster, Ingrid Rachel / Decorah, lowa Kniefel, Jacqueline Mae /Medford, Minn. Knudson, Curtis L. /Bemidji, Minn. Koponen, Janet Kathryn /Detroit, Mich. Kragnes, Kathleen /Bloomington, Minn. Kraskin, Cheryl Ann /Bloomington, Minn. Krinke, Susan / Lamberton, Minn. Kulseth, Joyce Marie / Bellevue, Wash. Kusel, Marilyn Janet/Orange, Cal. Kwan, Peter K. W. / Hong Kong Kyllo, Jeanne Marie / Wanamingo, Minn. La Belle, Douglas H. / Rush City, Minn. Larsen, Laurel Esther /Seattle, Wash. Larson, Cynthia Joan / Edina, Minn. Larson, Lawrence Louis /Minneapolis, Minn. Leach, JoanneOgdahl /Minneapolis, Minn. Lee, Janiel L. /Cottonwood, Minn. Lempke, Diane K. /Ottawa, Ill. Lien, Karen Elizabeth / Northfield, Minn. Lindberg, Gary Leonard /Brainerd, Minn. Locken, Carl M., Jr. /Coon Rapids, Minn. Lofstrom, Hjalmer I., Jr. / Newfolden, Minn. Louden, Michael Hughes /Cannon Falls, Minn. Lund, Marcia Ann /Forest City, lowa Lund, Mark Alan /Forest City, lowa Lunneborg, Sherman C. /Minneapolis, Minn. Lyon, Melva Jean /Lake Crystal, Minn. Machmueller, Nancy Lou /Birnamwood, Wisc. Malmberg, Rickard H. /St. Paul, Minn. Mathison, JanisJune/Larsen, Wisc. Matthews, Larry John/Fridley, Minn. Mestemacher, Bruce Allen / Edina, Minn. Mether, Mary L. / International Falls, Minn. Mielke, Sharyn Lee /Montrose, Minn. Mikkelsen, Clark L. /Cedar Falls, lowa Moline, M . Stephen / Hopkins, Minn. Molskness, Theodore Arthur / Minneapolis, Minn. Morgan, Susan /Minneapolis, Minn. Moskal, Annette Joyce/Minneapolis, Minn. Mueller, Paula Martha/ Prior Lake, Minn. Neihart, Kenneth James/St. Paul, Minn. Nelson, Charlotte Ann /Glencoe, Minn. Nelson, David Dayton /Minneapolis, Minn. Nelson, Stephen L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Nelson, Thomas W. / Northfield, Minn. Ness, Margaret Elaine / Hinckley, Minn. Neuman, Judith L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Neumann, Nancy Lee / Edina, Minn. Newhouse, John Orlando /Crystal, Minn. Nichols, Paul William /Minneapolis, Minn. Nord, Erland John / Goodhue, Minn. Nordin, David Denton /Lake Lillian, Minn. Odden, Shirley Jean/St. Paul, Minn. Olmsted, Richard D. / Lakeville, Minn. Olmsted, Sandra Larson /Richfield, Minn. Olsen, David A. /Shakopee, Minn. Olson, Arlene Eva /Blanchardville, Wisc. Olson, Douglas Murlin / Paynesville, Minn. Olson, Gary Leroy /St. Paul, Minn. Ondov, Judy/Minneapolis, Minn. Osman, Marshall Kent /St. Louis Park, Minn. Paschke, Charles Edward /Minneapolis, Minn. Perkins, Dan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn. Perkins, Patrick Stephen /Minneapolis, Minn. Person, JohnWalker /Big Lake, Minn. Peterson, Dale Allen /Minneapolis, Minn. Peterson, Dale Howard /Ogilvie, Minn. Peterson, Dale William / Fairmont, Minn. Peterson, Daylen Craig /Austin, Minn. Peterson, Glen J. / Burnsville, Minn. Peterson, Jeffrey Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn. Peterson, Lois Ann /Richfield, Minn. Peterson, Michael David /St. James, Minn. Peterson, Nancy Carol / Bloomington, Minn. Peterson, Ronald L. /Annandale, Minn. Petrich, Ronald /Minneapolis, Minn. Piepenburg, Patricia Ann /Grove City, Minn. Pietig, Sandra Olson /Minneapolis, Minn. Polly, Richard Pierson /Elk Grove, 111. Putnins, Dace / Milwaukee, Wisc. Ramsden, Linda Lee /Circle Pines, Minn. Ramstad, Darlene Joanne/ Minneapolis, Minn. Randall, Catherine Nadine / Richfield, Minn. Rasmussen, Clyde Stephen / Neenah, Wisc. Redman, Alan William /Wells, Minn. Reiff, Mark Andrew /St. Paul, Minn. Repinski, Patricia A. /Tampa, Florida Richmond, Stewart George, Jr. / Bloomington, Minn. Riskedahl, Sharon Janine/ Independence, Iowa Rolfe, Nancy Karen /Minneapolis, Minn. Roste, JamesB. /Sacred Heart, Minn. Runquist, Diane Ellingson / Milaca, Minn. Saiovici, Adriana /Sao-Paulo, Brasil Salzman, Linda J. / Peshtigo, Wisc. Sammler, JamesRichard /St. Paul, Minn. Sandeen, Richard Ernest /Richfield, Minn. Sandven, Lars Arild / Norheimsund, Norway Sanford, Linda Sue / Richfield, Minn. Schaller, Lee Franklin /Minneapolis, Minn. Schaubach, Jerome E., Jr. /Minneapolis, Minn. Schmidt, Donna Jean/Bloomington, Minn. Schmidt, Judy Ann /St. Louis Park, Minn. Schulte, Ellry L. /Brandon, Minn. Schultz, Wilbur W. /Canby, Minn. Schwanebeck, Lois Ann / Faribault, Minn. Schwartz, Gary Lee /Minneapolis, Minn. Scurrah, William L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Sevig, Daniel A. / Brookings, S. Dak. Sevig, Kathleen Ruth / Kensington, Minn. Shaffer, Thomas Wayne /Rockville, Md. Shefveland, Richard D. /West St. Paul, Minn. Sims, Barbara S. /Richfield, Minn. Skogerboe, Laurel Elaine /Minneapolis, Minn. Snow, Jon Frederic /LeSueur, Minn. Solomonson, Earle /Minneapolis, Minn. Solomonson, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn. Steinke, Steven H. /Bloomington, Minn. Stendahl, Charles A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Stensvaag, John-Mark/Minneapolis, Minn. Stewart, Linda Marie /Robbinsdale, Minn. ,Stidand, Anna L. / Lowry, Minn. Strand, Alvina Rae /Bonetraill, N. Dak. Strandquist, Robert Adler / Richfield, Minn. Strom, Gretchen Louise / Fairmont, Minn. Strom, Mary Lynn /Red Wing, Minn. Strommen, E. Peter / Richfield, Minn. Stolberg, Larry J. /Minneapolis, Minn. Sulzbach, John Harold /Minneapolis, Minn. Sveom, Karen Ann /Minneapolis, Minn. Swanson, John E. /Litchfield, Minn. Swanson, Paul D. /Minneapolis, Minn. Swanson, Roger L. /Columbia Heights, Minn. Swanson, Ronald Allan /Riverside, Cal. Swanson, Sally 0. /Minneapolis, Minn. Swee, Shirley Ann / Faribault, Minn. Tabor, Judith Ann /Welch, Minn. Tangen, JulieA. /Redwood Falls, Minn. Teigland, Julie Anne / Hutchinson, Minn. Thernell, Shirley Faye /Minneapolis, Minn. Thomas, Donald C. /Madelia, Minn. Tollefsrud, David Lawrence /Zumbrota, Minn. Torfin, James N. /Burnsville, Minn. Trechock, Aimee Jean/ Hopkins, Minn. Trechock, Mark Alan /Minneapolis, b t ~ n n . Tripp, Allen Charles /Ashby, Minn. Turner, Lawrence Paul /West Concord, Minn. Uejima, Arlene Suyeko /Minneapolis, Minn. Villwock, Gary /Minneapolis, Minn. Wagner, Frank John/Mound, Minn. Walton, Sue Ellen /St. Paul, Minn. Weltzin, Marcia Virginia /Viroqua, Wisc. Wesley, Raymond J. /Minneapolis, Minn. West, John Charles / Minneapolis, Minn. Westberg, Karen Lee / Hoffman, Minn. Weum, Larry A. /International Falls, Minn. Wiebusch, Anne Lynn /Long Lake, Minn. Winkler, Linda Johnson /Buhl, Minn. Wold, Jane Knudsen /Shakopee, Minn. Wood, Patricia A. /St. Paul, Minn. Zieske, Curtis Lee / Cambridge, Minn. SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Graduates Graduates Graduates Graduates TOTAL 1870-1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3743 1967 (Jan. I-Aug. 31) ........................ 222 1968 (Sept. 1, 1967-Aug. 31, 1968) ............ 258 282 1969(Sept. 1, 1968-Aug. 31, 1969) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4505 ENROLLMENT SUMMARY Class Senior Junior Sophomore Freshmen Special Nurse D.H. Nurse F.H. Nurse M.H. Nurse S.H. Total Augsburg College, September 1,1967 to August 31,1968 FIRST TERM SECOND TERM THIRD TERM SUMMER SESSION Men Women Total Men Women Total Men Women Total M e n Women Total 142 164 206 242 16 0 0 0 0 770 140 161 202 234 11 0 0 0 0 748 138 155 198 227 13 0 0 0 0 731 134 276 164 328 197 403 280 522 11 27 49 49 4 4 44 43 43 62 62 984 1754 124 264 165 326 197 399 272 506 9 20 49 49 4 0 40 42 42 60 60 958 1706 116 254 156 311 190 388 265 492 8 21 48 48 64 64 4 0 40 56 56 943 1674 Total Academic Year (1967-1968) Class Senior Junior Sophomore Freshmen Special Nurse D.H. Nurse F.H. Nurse M.H. Nurse S.H. Total Men Women Total 155 136 291 173 170 343 221 204 425 253 290 543 24 18 42 0 49 49 0 78 78 0 43 43 0 62 62 826 1050 1876 Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1967-1968 SLA Men Students Women Students Total NURSES Men Women Total TOTAL 40 26 16 3 3 31 25 19 8 10 71 51 35 11 13 88 93 181 ENROLLMENT S U M M A R Y Augsburg College, September 1,1968 to August 31,1969 SUMMER SESSION FIRST TERM Class Senior Junior Sophomore Freshmen Special Nurse D.H. Nurse F.H. Nurse M.H. Nurse S.H. Total SECOND TERM Women Total Men 161 158 319 168 157 325 214 214 428 242 266 508 13 20 33 0 4 8 4 8 0 50 50 0 56 56 0 74 74 798 1043 1841 140 161 213 241 12 Men Women Total 139 279 151 312 199 412 259 500 18 30 47 47 43 43 55 55 71 71 767 982 1749 THIRD TERM 1ST SESSION 2ND SESSION Men Women Total Men Women Total Men Women Total 126 174 202 236 25 135 261 148 312 192 394 250 486 26 51 44 44 66 66 52 52 61 61 753 974 1727 Total Academic Year (1968-1969) Class Senior Junior Sophomore Freshmen Special Nurse D. H Nurse F.H. Nurse M.H. Nurse S.H. Total Men Women Total 169 166 335 179 163 342 233 219 452 261 274 535 66 29 37 48 0 48 86 0 86 56 0 56 74 0 74 871 1123 1994 Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1968-1969 SLA M e n Students Women Students Total NURSES Men Women Total TOTAL 38 39 19 12 5 34 28 15 8 5 1 72 67 34 20 0 113 90 203 20 10 7 4 2 7 17 8 18 5 12 1 5 1 3 33 22 55 INDEX Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Accreditation ....................... 6 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21. 33 Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 46 Aims and Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 98 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . 54. 100 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Board of Advisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 10 Business Administration ......... 56. 101 Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59. 103 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. 5 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 704 Classical Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62. 104 Classification of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Coaching Endorsement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . I31 Comprehensive Examinations . . . . . . . 43 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Corrective Therapy .................46 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Communication Major . . . . . . . . . . . .94. 104 Degree .............................. 38 Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . 105 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29. 96 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58. Education. Department of ........... Education, Elementary . . . . . . . . . . 64. Education. Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . 65. Electives ........................... Eligibility Requirements ........... Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 67. Enrollment ........................ Entrance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examinations ...................... Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 63 106 107 39 31 108 108 148 22 42 14 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Financial Assistance ................ 15 Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 109 . General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 109 Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Graduates (1870-1966). Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Health and Physical Ed. . . . . . . . . . . 70. 110 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72. 110 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 40. 46 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 34 Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . 50 Interdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 7.. Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 ...... Laboratories. Natural Science 12 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6. 8 Law Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 ............................ .................. ........... Majors 38 Mathematics 74. 112 45. 733 Medical Technology Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses ......113 Membership i n Educational Associations ...................... 6 Metropolitan Opportunities 27 Ministry. Preparation for the 123 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 M o d e r n Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Multi-Racial Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 80. 174 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . 30. 83 Mythology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 ........ ....... - Natural Science Major . . . . . . . . . .115. 1'16 North-South Student Exchange Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Norwegian ......................... 78 Numbering o f Courses .............. 50 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Objectives and Aims ................ Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9 34 ~ass/No Credit Grading System 48 Payment of Accounts ..............I5 Personnel Services. Student ........ 33 Philosophy. Department o f ..... 83. 116 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . .31. 70. 110 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Physics. Department of ........ 84. 117 Placement Service for Graduates . . . 36 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86. 117 pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . 120 President's Board o f Advisors . . . . . . . 129 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Psychology. Department of . . . . . 88. 118 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31. 71 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Registration Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Religion and Philosophy. Division o f . 50 Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . 89. 118 Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Requirements. Graduation . . . . . . . . . . 38 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Scandinavian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 78. 118 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Secretarial Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59. 119 Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Social and Recreational Programs . . 26 Social Sciences. Division of t h e . . . . . . 50 Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . .91. 123 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79. 109 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 45 Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 94. 121 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 33 Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Suspension of Students . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 42 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 w w ii b w w 1 - rn 1 ...>-;; b r,. . .. 1 - +:? . '- - - .?: I:? . - .I$. 3 Theater Arts Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95. 122 Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63. 107 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . 23 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Upper Division Requirements ....... 38 :+r ?>. " I . Additions to the Augsburg College Now CHANGES EFFECTIVE - SEPTEMBER, 1972 1. CHANGES I N COSTS FOR THE 1972-73 ACADEMIC YEAR (The following changes supersede the finallcia1 information stated on page 14) Tuition General Fee Room and Board 2. $1750 $ 150 $1017 to $1050 TUITION DEPOSIT CHANGED (The following information supersedes financial information stated on page 15) The tuition deposit has been changed from $100 to $50. 3. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS (The following information supersedes requirement stated on page 22) Either t h e Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board or the American College Testing (ACT) Program Examination is required for admission of all freshmen. 4. METRO-URBAN MAJOR ADDED TO THE CURRICULUM Augsburg College now offers an interdisciplinary major in Metro-Urban Studies. A metro-urban concentration is also available with appropriate majors such a s history, sociology, religion, political science, and psychology. 5. THE 4-1-4 CALENDAR TO BEGIN IN THE FALL OF 1972 The 4-1-4 calendar consists of two fourteen-week semesters of four courses each, separated by a one-month interim in January when one course is taken. 6. EXCHANGE PROGRAM A student exchange program with the private colleges of St. Paul makes available a wider selection of courses for Augsburg students. Augsburg students may register for one course a semester a t no additional cost a t the College of St. Catherine, the College of St. Thomas, Hamline University, or Macalester College. (over) Extra Issue, Vol. 34, No. 6, December 1970 AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s published semi-monthly in January, March, August, September and December and monthly in February, April, May, June, July, October and November by Augsburg College, 731 21st Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second-class postage paid a t Minneapolis, Minn. TENTATIVE SCHEDULE FOR THE 1972 - 73 ACADEMIC YEAR Fall Semester .................................... 2qaknke-4 September 5, 6 Welcome-Week ....................................... September 7 .......................... December 15 ......................................... December 18 - 22 Classes Begin ............................... Registration - Fall Semester Classes End Final Examinations Interim January 3 - 30 ............................. .. . . . , January Interim Spring Semester r', .......................................... &-mr33 February 6 ......................... Easter Recess ............................................. Classes End May 14 - 18 May 20 Classes Begin - Spring Semester ........................................ April 19 - 23 May 11 Registration ................................... ......................................... Final Examinations Commencement
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1972-1973
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE . . . Location . . . History . . . Nature . . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . Identification and Objectives V i s i t i n g t h e Campus PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E ... ... ... ... ... The 4-1-4 Calendar Facu...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE . . . Location . . . History . . . Nature . . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . Identification and Objectives V i s i t i n g t h e Campus PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E ... ... ... ... ... The 4-1-4 Calendar Faculty General Education Requirements Majors Pre-Professional T r a i n i n g I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs International Study Honors Program Degrees ... ... ... PAGE 13. STUDENT L I F E ... ... ... ... ... S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l Recreation Intercollegiate Athletics Religious L i f e Student Services Housing Food S e r v i c e ... PAGE 16, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE ... ... The Application Process Transfer Early Early Admission Advanced Placement Decision : Advanced Standing ... .. ... PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND F I N A N C I A L A I D ... Expenses 1972-73 Cost Summary Settlement o f Accounts Refunds ... . . . Deposits . . . . . . Financial Aid PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ... ... Graduation Requirements Division Organization Registration Probation and Dismissal Credit Grading by Examination ... ... ... PAGE 27. COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 78, PERSONNEL PAGE 79, INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s b e e n w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer most o f t h e q u e s t i o n s which might be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . Although a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t t h e time o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change without n o t i c e . Introduction There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h . The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y of events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s . Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t of t h e campus. The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o design much o f your own education. A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e "4-1-4." In t h e s t u d y o f t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg Yecognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s n e c e s s a r y i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s . Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education. You may choose an evening a t t h e T y ~ o n eGuthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s . Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a capable and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , an e a g e r s t u d e n t body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College Identification Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s college a f f i l i a t e d with t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education. The c u r r e n t student body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y of Lutheran background though many denominations a r e represented on campus. About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a . Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of Arts, t h e Walker A r t Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music of many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s . A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater, and t h e S t . Paul Civic Opera Company. Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . In t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . Professional s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l Airport. Bus connections can be made from a l l areas of t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t of downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern border o f t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 7) History Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian ~ u t h e r a n si n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburgls home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t college graduation was h e l d i n 1879. 4 Nature a n d Objectives Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e context o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg emphasizes t h e following primary o b j e c t i v e s : t o expose s t u d e n t s t o a wide v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , while a s s i s t i n g them t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r major. t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e contemporary world. t o develop s t u d e n t s 1 love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r f a c u l t i e s o f reason, c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic e x c e l l e n c e . t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s understanding of t h e urban environment and c u l t u r e , and t o enable them t o gain t h e s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f t h e modern city. t o encourage s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r i n t e r e s t s and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d them i n d i s c o v e r i n g t h e occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them. t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , emotional, and s p i r i t u a l growth; t o encourage them t o develop a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r compatible with t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . L The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged with t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same year. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation o f Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society T h e Campus Augsburgls compact campus i s located i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e first of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City o f Lakes." The college c u r r e n t l y has 13 major b u i l d i n g s with a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University o f Minnesota and two of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus. Visiting the Campus The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e college program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process of s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e n o t mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181). P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n session. School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e college. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 6 CAMPUS GUIDE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1 1. 12. t 3. 14. 15. 16. West Hall George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main Urness Tower Residence for Women The College Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall The Quadrangle Murphy Square The Art Studio Organ Studio The Music Building Si Melby Hall Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall Speech and Drama Building East Hall l r r . ~ s , . F~I ~ J ~ I ~ + ) Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your Here you w i l l i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e is no singl.e'"mbld. d i s c o v e r t h e world while prep*ng f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d o u t who you a r e . Augsburgls goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and p r e p a r e them f o r competency i n t h e modern g o r l d . _LX .@ .a. The 4-12a Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an arena of l e a r n i n g . C r e a t i v e e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e g e n e r a l academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e s t u d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburg's f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 15.7 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l c l i m a t e , r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e . General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s , b u t a s a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course o f s t u d y (many of them would be chosen even if t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) . In g e n e r a l , t h e s e courses, w i t h choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as well as p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Pre- Professional Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Natural Science Philosophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology Physical Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Welfare Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Training Students who plan t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f study a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i l l provide t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n f o r f u t u r e p r o f e s s i o n a l study. Inter - Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. S T . PAUL EXCHANGE. Students a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without additional f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools, o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s not o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e colleges have coordinated 4-1-4 calendars, t h e interim term may a l s o be taken on another campus. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed of 1 2 colleges and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s include innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development of programs consistent with t h e needs and resources of t h e community organizations of t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e Junior College i n downtown Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment of a four-year program i n sociology o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program is designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan campuses . CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning classes b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and students a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n centers. A l l take courses f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such places as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e Prison, S t . P e t e r Security Hospital, and T r e v i l l a of Robbins dale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n center. The courses offered a r e from several college departments, and t h e response of students involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely favorable. The purpose of t h e course is t o get a f i r s t - h a n d view of t h e prisons and h o s p i t a l s and personalize t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems. Each year t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o help pay f o r inmates matriculation i n these co- learning courses . SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar i s coordinated with t h a t of Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two sessions ( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e offered t o permit students t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE (CDI ) . Augsburg and CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with t h e Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s . CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence o f courses . International Study There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . . Augsburg STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN) This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN -program. University o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore year. The SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group meetings during t h e school y e a r before departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n . SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend t h e i r sophomore o r junior year i n studv a t a number of Euro~eaneducational i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The LJniv&sity of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In addition t o these programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f opportunities f o r study a l l over t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg students may arrange t o take p a r t i n approved programs by making application through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This-type of study must be approved before departure by one's f a c u l t y adviser f i r s t , and then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied t o t h e student's graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , as elements of t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some of t h e general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e interim i s planned f o r each year. See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg Interim Catalog. For information on programs available through o t h e r colleges, contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l accelerated s e c t i o n s a r e available t o freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e offered each term. Several departments of t h e college o f f e r programs through which t h e student can earn honors i n t h e major. The opportunity t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e throughout t h e college. For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors Scholars, general education requirements a r e modified as necessary t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on t h e honors program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College o f f e r s t h e Bachelor of A r t s (B.A.) degree. I t i s expected t h a t i n t h e f a l l of 1972 Augsburg w i l l inaugurate a program leading t o t h e degree of Bachelor o f Music. 12 Student Life Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t student o r commuter, y o u l l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your education. Social and C u l t u r a l Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s well a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l dinners, b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s . The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. Offices f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center. There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and o f f campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An intramural program provides competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s well as i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad took p a r t i n post season competition l a s t season. The pucksters f i n i s h e d t h i r d i n t h e NAIA tournament. This y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA S e n i o r co-captain Pat Marcy won The o t h e r co-captain, s e n i o r Ron second time i n h i s c a r e e r . Religious Life An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , chaired by a student and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d four times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on questions o f academic procedure, personal, academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, student l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning. A l l members of t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s of academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h close working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r adviser. The f a c u l t y takes both a s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program is designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group decision making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g as well as discuss t h e personal concerns of individual students . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower. This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s . Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65 upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and administrative offices. West Hal 1 , an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s . S i vertsen-Mortensen Hal 1 i n c o r p o r a t e s a b u i l d i n g donated t o t h e c o l l e g e i n 1939 and a l a r g e r a d d i t i o n e r e c t e d i n 1955. The b u i l d i n g provides housing f o r about 144 men s t u d e n t s a s w e l l as apartments f o r t h e head r e s i d e n t . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores n o t l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s are a v a i l a b l e i n each r e s i d e n c e . An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school year. A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. S t u d e n t s who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t t h e beginning o f each school y e a r . The f e e i s refunded a t t h e end o f t h e y e a r i f t h e c o n d i t i o n of t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s r e t u r n e d . Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e xop f l o o r o f t h e College Center, i s t h e main f o o d s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r o f t h e Center, f e a t u r e s s h o r t o r d e r s and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y o f board plan o p t i o n s f o r t h o s e l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments. Admission to the College Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n college a s shown by c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons without regard t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your questions. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2 . Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 6 examination a s e a r l y as p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4 . When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n charge. 5. A f t e r t h e deposit has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form. 6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e : on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation is based on work taken a t Augs burg. Early Decision An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r first c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r o f admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n is based upon t h e academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. Early Ad mission An Early Admission program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few h i g h school j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope w i t h a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high s c h o o l . Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r y e a r . Advance Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed. Advance Standing College c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinat i o n s o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg. 17 Expenses and Financial Aid Expenses TUITION - $1750.00 This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. Students a r e considered f u l l time when they take t h r e e o r more courses during t h e semester terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 calendar, t h e student must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e semester periods. Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $975.00. Tuition f o r t h e remaining semester i s $775.00 I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a refund i s not authorized. A part-time r a t e o f $250 -00 a course i s charged t h e student t a k i n g l e s s than t h r e e courses i n a semester o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course only. Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. For part-time s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $125.00 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $150.00 payable with t u i t i o n : .. . 4-1 ( o r 1-4) . .$85 -00 Balance o f y e a r . . 65.00 (Applies t o Student Government c o s t s , admission t o organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, choral, and drama events and support o f College Center programs and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . Part-time s t u d e n t s a r e charged on a proportionate b a s i s of $20 a course.) Application f e e , $10.00 is required from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15 -00. R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. Seniors e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e General Fee o f $150.00 b u t no t u i t i o n . Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s b e g i n i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00 Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 Student Teaching, $35.00 Improvement o f Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day: organ, $20 .OO ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an interim). OTHER COSTS T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $2.00 o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e . Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM - $987.00 t o $1,050.00 Men: $1,020.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,050.00 f o r f u l l board. (Five month b i l l i n g , $570.00 and $596.00) Women: $987.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,017.00 f o r f u l l board. ( F i v e month b i l l i n g , $550.00 and $565.00) A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 21 meals a week, w h i l e a p a k t i a l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) . A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r . 1 9 7 2 - 7 3 Cost Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,750.00 A p p l i c a t i o n Fee Tuition ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . ) Board and Room Breakage Deposit . . . . . . . . .$987.00 - ............$ 1,050.00 25.00 (Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg. ) Deposits . TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not refundable) Required of s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d by April 1, 1972 (payment i s due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment i s applied t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not refundable). Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, 1972, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. - BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , . $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds I f a s t u d e n t decided t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule : 100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s , 80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s . 70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance is given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. I f a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s . In a l l c a s e s , board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Financial Aid About 65% o f a 1 1 Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f need and academic r e c o r d . Appl.ication f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $330,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: Educational Opportunity Grant, National Defense S t u d e n t Loan, College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The d e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s March 15. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg ~ ol elg e . Academic Administration Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o plan t h e i r own course of study with t h e help of f a c u l t y advisers who a r e r e a d i l y available f o r consultation and guidance. A well planned program of l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l include courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l sciences, and t h e s o c i a l sciences. Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be able t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s outside t h e United S t a t e s . The general physical a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg are designed t o equip students f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l activities. Courses i n r e l i g i o n are intended t o a s s i s t students i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on the meaning of the Christian Church through t h e study of i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered i n t h e 300 ' s and 400 s ) and not more than 1 3 i n one department. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 (C average) i n a l l courses taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t year i n residence. 5. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows : a. A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following four groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e ' ( f r o m t h e Department of English); philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, psychology. d. A course from one o r two o f t h e following departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology; and one o r two courses from t h e Department o f Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l o f t h r e e courses i n these f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f Religion meet t h i s requirement . Division f. A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Two semesters o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . Students with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement w i t h one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s . Organization The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES Chairman: M r . Raymond E . Anderson Department o f A r t Department o f English Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek, Latin, Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department o f Music Department o f Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r Arts DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS Chairman : Mr. Theodore Hanwi ck Department Department Department Department Department of of of of of Biology Chemistry Health and Physical Education Mathematics Phys i cs DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY Plzilip A, Quanbeck Department o f Phi 10s ophy Department o f Religion DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Chairman: M r . Einar 0. Johnson Department o f Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department o f Education: Elementary Education, Secondary Education, Geography, Library Science Department o f History Department of P o l i t i c a l Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology Registration A student must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n order t o receive credit f o r it. A normal load i s f o u r courses per semester and one course i n t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e defined as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Although a student may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e semester begins, it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e regularly scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r cancelling o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days of t h e semester. Students a r e urged not t o abandon courses f o r which they a r e r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a grade of F . Cancellation of courses o r cancellation from college must be done i n t h e Registrar1s Office. Students who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with C average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on s c h o l a s t i c probation a t t h e end o f a term i f h i s achievement is unsatisfactory. I f a student has been on probation two o r more semesters consecutively, he i s subject t o dismissal a t t h e end of t h e following s p r i n g term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before t h e end of spring term, but i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on probation u n t i l t h e end of t h e spring term. Dismissal from t h e college a t t h e end of the s p r i n g term w i l l not be automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e college v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Credit Examination Students who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n earning c r e d i t by examinations should consult with department chairmen o r with t h e Registrar. Credit may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations. Grading Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of A, B, C, D, F with f o u r grade points f o r a grade of A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C, one f o r D and zero f o r F. Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No Credit system, with P meaning a grade of C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s than s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade is not computed i n t h e grade point average, and no c r e d i t i s granted f o r a course i n which t h e student receives a grade of N. A f u l l - t i m e student may t a k e up t o one course p e r semester on t h e P/N grading system, but only two courses on P/N may be allowed f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor. An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r requesting it, t h e plan and date f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o receive an I grade i s granted, i t must be removed during t h e following semester. A grade of X may be given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided Study course t h a t i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during t h e second semester o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain on t h e record. A course i n which a grade of F, D, N, I , o r X has been received may be repeated f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second time a r e counted toward graduation and i n t h e grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated f o r c r e d i t ; they may, however, be audited. 25 Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered i n 1972-73 are given on t h e following pages. See page 77 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . American Studies Director: G r i e r N ic h o l l MAJOR: 1 3 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 11 courses i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n the U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n one o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f ' t h e o t h e r s ) . S e e d i r e c t o r f o r elective c o u r s e s and o p t i o n s . courses. Same as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n area t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r . TEACHING MAJOR: 16 MINOR: 7 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n each o f above groupings under major. 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion under slavery, churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l ) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a limited period of the black experience i n America with an emphasis upon the contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 295 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE Focuses on a significant problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study of the approaches of various disciplines t o the issue. Practice i n the integration of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l ) 495 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE For description, see 295. level of work. all) Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a different 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY One project of an interdisciplinary nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Field experience during interim Art P h i 1ip Thompson MAJOR: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ) two from 221, 223, 225, 350. 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 , MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 107; one from 486, 487, 488; and t w o from 1 1 8 , 221, 223, 225, 350. 1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine a r t s i n the urban and world s e t t i n g . Participation i n the cultural l i f e of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. ( 3 one h o u r l e c t u r e s . Fall) 1 0 7 DRAWING Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media. and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Descriptive, experimental, 1 1 8 PAINTING I Introduction t o p a i n t i n g media and technique. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 SCULPTURE I Three dimensional and/or b a s - r e l i e f work i n t e r r a c o t t a and p l a s t e r . (Fall, Spring) 2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I P r i n c i p l e s and methods o f printmaking i n a v a r i e t y o f media. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and p r a c t i c e o f v i s u a l perception and communication using elements such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1 A study o f v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , f i l m , a d v e r t i s i n g symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography, and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 225. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 CERAMICS I An introduction t o t h e making o f p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ( F a l l , Spring) 351 CERAMICS I 1 A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing techniques. ( P r e r e q . : 350. F a l l , Spring) 3 5 5 PAINTING I 1 Advanced study o f p a i n t i n g . (Prereq.: 118. F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. e r e r e g . : 107. Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING IIAdvanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. ( P r e r e q . : 223. F a l l , Spring) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n m y o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 486 HISTORY O F P A I N T I N G urvey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s f non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e and r e l a t e d minor a r t s from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, Pre-Colwnbian, and O r i e n t a l t r a d i t i o n s , with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey of Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns o u t s i d e t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud M+70R1 & -o n I f 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , f o u r upper d i v i s i o n m u r s e s , and one t e r m s e m n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . 1 1x3 & bob% mf -ar. 351, 3 5 2 ) . 1 A - 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 223 ( o r - 11 1 1 1 - i ; r l MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) . -- Also HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n two b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; one summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n on academic work i n b i o l o g y and on d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . I' cL 101 P R I N C I P L E S OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 1 1 2 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g for o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s of microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . : C h e m i s t r y 103. S p r i n g ) 1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of the ECBYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon the ecosystem with h i s urbanization, pollution, and population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n the n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of the Christian e t h i c . Does not apply toward the biology major. (Interim) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ; 112, Spring) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major invertebrate types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , marphology, evolution, d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (Prereq. : 112. Interim) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of heredity with emphasis on recent advances i n human genetics. Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 112. Spring) . 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey o f t h e major divisions of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112. Spring) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r students taking 471, 474, 476. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 112, chemistry 223 or 352. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and biochemistry, and an introduction t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . (3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 132, Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. Interim) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study o f the physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, and Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: Physics 1 2 3 . F a l l ) , 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals. Experimental a s well as d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e included i n t h e laboratory work. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 367. S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study o f micro-organism with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and pathogenicity a r e considered as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , sonie S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. S p r i n g ) 491, 4 9 2 SEMINAR Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy of s c i e n c e a s well as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e . Seniors majoring i n Biology and Natural Science f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e required t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e expected t o a t t e n d . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , 4 9 1 , F a l l ; 492, S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual work on a research p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors . Primarily laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department of Business F a l l , Interim, Spring) Administration, Business Education, and Economics Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 483 o r 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the two r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478, and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 381, 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 , 373, 379, 478; and one o f 262, 379, 381; and Economics 122 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c ~ c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r graduation. 1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. ( F a l l ) 1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF F I N A N C I A L ACCOUNTING Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm: sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. (Prereq .: 262. Spring) 3 7 3 F I N A N C I A L MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a . Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantative and behavioral topics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g ) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes f o r individuals and various forms of business enterprises. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d alternate years) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n relationships of various types of s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both individual and i n s t i t u t i o n a l investors. Extensive coverage of c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. (Prereq.: 261. F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and controls f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and subsidiary accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (INTERNSHIP PROGRAM) A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an internship program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. In addition t h e student w i l l write a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may also earn independent study c r e d i t s through individually supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MRTOR: 12-14 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t required. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 10 8 . ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: SECRETAIUAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALIZATIOiV: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s E c o n o d c s 251, 2 5 8 , 391 or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 2 1 , 3 5 0 , and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 other c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353. E : Five courses i n Business Education. I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a two-year s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 , 350, 353, 364, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i a n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 1 2 0 . A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from the g e n e r a l education requirements . MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . HONORS 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t ) The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not available t o students who have had one year of high school typewriting. (rnt e r i m ) 1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c calculators. ( F a l l ) 1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction t o d a t a processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . I n t e r i m ) 2 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development of speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g material d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed of 80 words a minute. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e had one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h school. Fall) 3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development o f typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g , t a b u l a t i n g , manuscripts , l e g a l documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : n i g h s c h o o l t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g ) 3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study o f Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f material d i c t a t e d a t speeds o f 80-120 words a minute. (Pxereq.: 1 2 1 or equivalent . Spring) 3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g of business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and r e p o r t s . ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73) 4 6 0 OFF1CE MANAGEMENT Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e , s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g of employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e . (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e o f t h e consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching o f b a s i c business subjects and projects i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) Economics MAJOR: ECYINOMICS Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258, 454 and three o t h e r c o u r s e s o f economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 379, a l s o r e q u i r e d . The complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended f o r those p l a n n i n g graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 273 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. ECONOMICS-BUSINfiSS ADMNISTRATION (Combined Major) : Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 1 , 373, 379 and me o t h e r c o u r s e from b w i n e s s administration o f f e r i n g s a l s o required. MINOR: Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h average o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION S t u d e n t s who complete t h e major i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o the m a j o r , t h e y c o m p l e t e courses i n e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h l s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They must a l s o c o m p l e t e the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h the Department o f Education. Economics 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . 120 ECONOMICS ISSUES OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics t o be discussed are: Population I t C r i s i s t t ; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those students who do not plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business Education. Students who plan t o major i n the above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS An introduction of macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic, growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 o r 120. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1 An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory o f t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application o f elementary economic theory t o market policy. May be taken independently o f Economics 122 o r 120. (Fa11 , S p r i n g ) 2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; introduction t o welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and t h e business cycle. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . F a l l ) 3 7 9 QUANTATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 3 9 1 P U B L I C FINANCE Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s of t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of f i s c a l policy on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt policy and i t s economic implications. (Prereq. : 123. F a l l ) 3 9 2 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks, t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and p o l i c y . ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . Spring) 4 5 3 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of l a b o r markets; determination o f wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n paid t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and poverty a r e a s . ( P r e r e q . : 251 o r #. S p r i n g ) 4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 2 5 1 . S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 4 9 5 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic problems and p o l i c i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , on demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( I n t e r n s h i p P r o g r a m ) A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which is applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some organization. In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chal rman: Chemistry E a r l A1 t o n GRADUATION MAJOR I N CHEMISTRY: 115,.116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 3 5 2 , 353, 361 and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. one advanced c o u r s e which may i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e g u i r e d . AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l c h e m i s t r y c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. Reading a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 5 courses w h i c h m u s t i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 223, 353, and 361 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s t h e g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n as the advanced c o u r s e . DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS m a j o r ; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s , and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; one summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r both 1 0 5 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352. 1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry. Fall) 105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 251, 253, o r 223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, F a l l ; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists. First semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry, q u a l i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s , and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : h i g h school c h e m i s t r y , a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 115, Fall; 116, Spring) 2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science a r e a whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester organic course. A l i p h a t i c and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 105 or 115. Spring) 351, 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important c l a s s e s of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step s y n t h e s i s . Descriptive m a t e r i a l i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations ,and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many a p p l i c a t i o n s of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 106 or 116. 251, F a l l ; 252, S p r i n g ) 3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The laboratory involves q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 106 or 1 1 6 . O f f e r e d I n t e r i m f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical Technology m a j o r s : 3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y ) 361, 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 2 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125. 3 6 1 , F a l l ; 3 6 2 , S p r i n g ) 253; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f i d e n t i f y i n g organic compounds i n t h e laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s f o r IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including B e i l s t e i n ) ; and f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t s p e c t r a Prereq. : 352, r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . 3 5 3 , 361 o r #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY P r i n c i p l e s o f atomic and molecular spectroscopy a s applied t o a n a l y t i c a l methods a s well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of a n a l y s i s . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 2 5 3 , 362, or#. Fall) 4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r compounds using a v a r i e t y o f techniques. 1a b o r a t o r y P r e r e q . : 362 o r #. Spring) . 4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses t h e equation t o solve t h e problems of t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom. Approximate s o l u t i o n s are introduced and used t o develop molecular o r b i t a l theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n s p i n , angular momentum and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 361 or #. F a l l ) 4 9 1 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . 49 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience inay be obtained by working on a summer research project i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n during t h e academic year. Department of Chairman: E i n a r Johnson The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore s t a n d i n g or a b o v e . T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e the a p p r o v a l o f the department or be a d m i t t e d t o t h e t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n t h e S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f the sophomore y e a r . Elementary Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 255, 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 470, and t w o o f 481, 482, 483, 484. H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 110 and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 also r e q u i r e d . An academic m i n o r i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic m a j o r i s s t r o n g l y remnrmended. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Elemen taw) Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession. Human r e l a t i o n s , opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Development and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e g . : A d m i s s i o n t o e l e m e n t a r y education. F a l l , Spring) 371, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND' MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of the subject areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies i n various methods t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY See under Secondary Education. 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences in elementary school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. ( P r e r e q . : 3 6 1 , 362, 3 7 1 , 372. Fall, Spring) 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g ) Secondary Education 2 6 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S e c o n d a r y ) I n v e s t i g a t i o n of various aspects of t h e teaching p r o f e s s i o n . Human r e l a t i o n s . Opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . (prereq. : sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 359 METHODS I N SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, material and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l . a r e i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t involvement i n t h e classroom (1973-74) Seminars 369 SPECIAL METHODS I N THE MAJOR Teaching procedures, m a t e r i a l s and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l i n t h e major concentration. (1973-74) 4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study o f educational philosophy and t h e development o f American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n education w i l l be s t u d i e d . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 0 , 4 8 1 STUDENT TEACHING Students w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. Opportunities a r e provided f o r experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences on t h e secondary l e v e l under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars w i l l be h e l d on a r e g u l a r b a s i s during t h e s t u d e n t teaching experience. ( P r e r e q . : 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 , 369. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HUMAN RELATIONS This i s a s e r i e s o f a c t i v i t i e s designed t o a s s i s t t h e s t u d e n t t o meet, i n p a r t , t h e S t a t e Board o f Education r e g u l a t i o n f o r teachers regarding human r e l a t i o n understanding and s k i l l . The program w i l l be c a r r i e d out a t both t h e college and t h e school where t h e s t u d e n t w i l l do h i s s t u d e n t teaching. ( O f f e r e d o n l y 1972-73) Geography 114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c concepts and t o o l s of -geogr+hy followed by a survey o f t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s t o be found i n our physical and human environment. Library Science 2 4 5 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of m a t e r i a l s , including a c q u i s i t i o n , processing and c i r c u l a t i o n . Services of t h e media c e n t e r and methods of evaluation. ( F a l l ) 3 5 8 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and purposes of an elementary school l i b r a r y . Extensive study of evaluation sources, book t a l k s , s t o r y t e l l i n g , curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance i n use o f p r i n t and non-print m a t e r i a l s . ( F a l l ) 3 5 9 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of b a s i c information sources most frequently used by students and l i b r a r i a n s . Includes preparation of bibliographies and l i b r a r y i n s t r u c t i o n . (spring) 4 7 5 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation o f l i b r a r y materials on t h e secondary school l e v e l , with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e i r use i n r e l a t i o n t o c u r r i c u l a as well as f o r personal i n t e r e s t s and needs of adolescents. ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of school l i b r a r y s e r v i c e , worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y adviser. Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s , with department approval. Department of English A c t i n g c h a i rman : R o n a l d P a l os a a r i MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n British l i t e r a t u r e (1 c o u r s e from l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e the Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219. MAJOR FOR S E C Q N M Y TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e l i s t e d f o r the major and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g (219) i s r e q u i r e d . Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 o r 352 o r 355, and 360 o r 366; and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d . HCANORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r year; d e f e n d h o n o r s thesis b e f o r e f a c u l t y committee i n s e n i o r year. Honors thesis may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , one c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 o r 320. Teaching minors must i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320. Prerequisite f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course i s s u c c e s s f u l completion o f E n g l i s h 111. P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper division c o u r s e i s s u c c e s s f u l completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course. 1 1 1 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study o f composition with emphasis upon expository w r i t i n g . Attention t o c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l organization, t h e , r e s e a r c h paper, and a n a l y s i s o f t h e short story. (Fall, Spring) 2 1 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y o f w r i t i n g s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus o f each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 243 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 2 5 0 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1 9 2 0 Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention i s also given t o t h e contribution of the writer t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 6 1 MODERN F I C T I O N Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of t h e twentieth century. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 7 1 CLASSICAL TRADITION Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers i n the various genre, and the influence of the c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , Spring) 2 7 2 LITERARY CLASSICS Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European c l a s s i c s from the Renaissance t o the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading i n recent l i n g u i s t i c studies. Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English language. (Spring) 331 CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES While the primary study of the course w i l l be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ) 3 3 2 MILTON AND THE RENAISSANCE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM THE METAPHYSICALS TO THE POST AUGUSTANS Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from t h e metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and the major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l ) 3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of t h e works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s , essayists and novelists and of the major l i t e r a r y movements of the century. (Spring) 3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0 A study of significant American writers and l i t e r a r y movements of the twentieth century (Spring) . 3 6 7 MODERN POETRY Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d t w e n t i e t h century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, Fall) 3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA S i g n i f i c a n t works o f American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists o f , t h e t w e n t i e t h century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ] 3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 375 3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 376. 4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h , ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ) American, and Continental novels. 428 STUDIES I N C R I T I C I S M An examination of t h e major f o r c e s t h a t have shaped Western l i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m . S e l e c t e d works of c r i t i c i s m a r e s t u d i e d . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , t r a g e d i e s --with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t . Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g ) 490, 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ] 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open t o j u n i o r o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Foreign Language Dona1 d S t e i n m e t z Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of p r e p a r a t i o n . Basically, placement i n foreign language courses follows t h e formula: 1 y e a r of high school foreign language equals 1 term o f college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l d i f f e r e n c e s , however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a more elementary course may do s o , but only f o r a grade of P/N. French MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g t w o i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , o n e i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and three i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f w h i c h o n e s h o u l d be c o u r s e 352. One i n t e r i m p l u s o n e s e m e s t e r , o r o n e s e m e s t e r p l u s o n e summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g o n e i n c o n v e r s a t i on-composi t i o n , o n e i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and o n e i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern L a n g u a g e s , f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a s e c o n d l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e . 0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No c r e d i t . Offered on demand. 1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed language and verb speaking advanced t o introduce t h e s t u d e n t with no previous background i n French t o t h e and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. ( F a l l ) 1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study o f t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on ( F a l l , Spring) advanced placement. 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals o f communicating ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and l i t e r a r y study i n French. ( S p r i n g ) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major o r minor. ( I n t e r i m , 1 9 7 3 , and y e a r l y o n demand) 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s o f current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n courses. ( F a l l ; S p r i n g o n demand) 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION Attention t o grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French turns of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s . French phonology and speech groups practiced t o overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech h a b i t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d once y e a r l y upon A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. d e n md ) 331 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N : HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o t h e modern period. Special a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c s e l f -awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use o f audio-visual materials. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r cansent of instructor. Offered alternate years. F a l l 1973-74) 332 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas, c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r contribution t o t h e contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1974-75) 351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey of t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e t w e l f t h century renaissance through t h e sixteenth century. These include t h e epic, courtly romance, e a r l y h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n French, some l f i o r a t o r y t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. ( F a l l 1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey o f the major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France, and t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works. Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and other prose forms. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1972-73. Offered a l t e r n a t e years) 353 1 7 0 0 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose writers., poets and dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s in French. ( S p r i n g 1973-74. Offered every t h i r d year) 354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I M o f the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, e t c . ) , B a d 6 l d r e and h i s successors i n poetry, n-a literature m d e a s that led t o new forms and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n of t h e century (Proust, Gide, A o l l i n a i r e e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n A *®.: 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. Offered every t h i r d year) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements since World War 1, including the novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and written reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. S p r i n g 1972-73. Offered e v e r y t h i r d year) 4 1 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t the student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e f o u r s k i l l s a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and effectiveness, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c levels of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation, Laboratory assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g . spring) 4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux S t . Exu e Robbe-Grillet, Duras, e t c . m s w e -&&re; form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 354, or 355 r e c o m n d e d . S p r i n g 1974. Every t h i r d y e a r ) S a r t r e , Camus, i n theme and 311 or #. 332, 4 5 2 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of the Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Reconmended 3 3 2 , 3 5 2 , or 353. S p r i n g 1974-75. Offered every t h i r d year) 4 9 5 FRENCH SEMINAR Study i n depth of an author, topic, o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced level. Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet individual i n t e r e s t s . In l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . J u n i o r s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g . S u b j e c t and p l a n t o be c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 u p p e r division c o u r s e s , i n Germany s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, Interim a n d / o r summer MINOR: 4 u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411. i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES : Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a second l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e . 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials available. (111 F a l l , S p r i n g . Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . 112 F a l l , Spring) 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms ( o r 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion o f materials representing contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 2 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION P r i n c i p l e works of German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l ) 3 1 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use of grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. Intensive p r a c t i c e i n speaking i s supplemented with e x e r c i s e s i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l ) 331, 3 3 2 GERMAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language i s German, supplemented by (Offered a l t e r n a t e years. 3 3 1 , F a l l 1972-73; 3 3 2 , F a l l English when h e l p f u l . 1973-74) 3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c e p i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e , mysticism, humanism, t h e Reformation e r a and Baroque, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds. ( F a l l 1972-73) 3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 8 t h CENTURY Representative works of Pietism, Enlightenment, Sturm und Drang and Classicism, with s p e c i a l emphasis on Lessing, Goethe and S c h i l l e r . Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o enduring s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: ROMANTICISM AND 1 9 t h CENTURY Highlights of Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. Lectures and discussions consider t h e s e movements as antecedent t o 20th century l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l 1973-74) 3 5 4 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 2 0 t h CENTURY P r i n c i p l e works of 20th century a r e read: Mann, Hesse, -Kafka, -Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as it r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( S p r i n g 1973-74) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German a s a v e h i c l e f o r expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including control of s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German a s classroom language. (Spring) 4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e p r e s e n t . Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1973-74) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. ( 1 1 1 , Spring 1972-73; 112, F a l l 1973-74) 21 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o parsing and syntax of the Greek t e x t . ( F a l l , 1972-73; S p r i n g , 1973-74) Latin 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING LATIN Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Latin grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Exercises i n t r a n s l a t i o n from and i n t o Latin. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ; 112, Spring) Russian 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING RUSSIAN For students having no previous Russian. Introduction t o b a s i c elements and d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s of Russian. Simple prose readings accompanied by p r a c t i c e i n speaking and writing. Prepares student f o r more advanced study of Russian. (111, F a l l ) 112, Spring) Scandinavian Area Studies MAJOR: - 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . MINOR: 4 upper d i v i si on c o u r s e s . A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n t h e Augsburg College catalog o r t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i . e . , courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department o r sub -department regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l . Students graduating with a major o r minor must a l s o present t h e equivalent o f intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language. 1 11, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction o f the four b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, F a l l . 1 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used a s b a s i s f o r c l a s s discussion and exercises. Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . 2 1 1 , F a l l , 212, Spring) 3 1 1 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway. ( P r e r e q . : 21 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Spring 1972-73) 331 MODERN SCANDINAVIA A broad survey o f Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e but not required. ( O f f e r e d when f e a s i b l e ) 3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures ~ r o v i d ea survey of t h e Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assign'ed reading of s e l e c t e d novels by Jonas Lie, S i r i d Undset S6lma Lagerlof, P ar h u t Hamsun, Halldor Laxness an others Knowledge of a Scandinavian laneuane desirable. Lanauape .- . majors and minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. -%-- - - ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Iljornsan, Strindberg, La e r k v i s t Munk and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a-survey -$ o Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindber Knowledge of a --+ Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors an minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n N o y g i a n . Some a t t e n t i o n given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P s e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g , 1973-74) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354355. (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y reconmendad) MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o w 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 331 or 332, and one course i n l i t e r a t u r e . (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y r e c o m d e d ) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. 2 1 3, 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use o f t h e language, supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( P r e r e q . : 112 or 2 y e a r s o f h i g h school Spanish) 2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND L A T I N AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background reading.and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student i s acquainted with t h e s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h e readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . 31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n c o r r e c t expression with t h e aims o f fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq. : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses) 3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and o f Spanish c o n t r i b u t i o n t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. I n Spanish. 3 3 2 L A T I N AMERICAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE A study o f t h e c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Spanish American countries from t h e pre-Colombian c i v i l i z a t i o n t o t h e present. ( P r e r e q . : 315) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE A study o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e . Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE A study o f t h e development o f Latin American l i t e r a t u r e , its major l i t e r a r y movements, and i t s most r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors. Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( P r e r e q . : 315) 4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on i n c r e a s i n g f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions and grammatical e x e r c i s e s . 4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d on demand) 4 5 6 SPANISH DRAMA Study of t h e masterpieces o f dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period. ( P r e r e q . : One survey course) 4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL Study o f t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s o f t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. (Prereg. : One survey course) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department and of Physical Chairman: Health Education E. W. A n d e r s o n BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 1 3 c o u r s e s . 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 6 0 , 369, 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 473, 482; B i o l o g y 1 0 3 ; C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 3 5 2 , 3 6 9 , 171, 6 7 2 . 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 4 7 1 , 472. 10 c o u r s e s . 110, 223, 231, 232, 243, 351, PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s i n '.~ h u s i c a le d u c a t i o n s e q u e n c e . 1 1 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 4 8 5 , 4 9 1 , 495. P s y c h o l o g y 361, 362; S o c i o l o g y 375; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human Physiology course are a l s o required. ~- - PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: COACHING ENDORSEMENT: coaching. 5 courses. 5 courses. 4 courses. 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 2 7 2 , and 2 4 3 . 1 1 0 , 3 5 1 , 360, 4 7 3 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. 1 1 0 , 2 4 3 , 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d - c o a c h i n g a s s i g n m e n t i n M i n n e s o t a p u b l i c s c h o o l s a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a w a c h i n g e n d o r s e m e n t i n the f i e l d o f p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s . 102, 1 0 3 L I F E T I M E SPORTS Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s . (Fall, Spring) 110 HEALTH AND FIRST A I D Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s o f h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e individual and t h e community. Includes a l s o t h e American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 1 I N D I V I D U A L AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 2 RECREATIONAL A C T I V I T I E S AND RHYTHMS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. ( S p r i n g ) 2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 3 5 1 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e a c t i o n o f t h e muscular system. The major e f f e c t s of e x e r c i s e s upon t h e systems o f t h e body. (Prereq. : Biology 193, Chemistry 105. Spring) 3 5 2 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e a n a l y s i s of f u n c t i o n a l and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical education. Survey o f b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation of t e s t s i n physical education. ( S p r i n g ) 360 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM Curriculum content i n a school h e a l t h education program. (Fall) 3 6 9 METHODS AND MATERIALS I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid. C u r r e n t l y v a l i d S t a n d a r d F i r s t Aid c a r d . (Prereq.: F a l l , I n t e r i m , 1973-74) 4 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum a n a l y s i s and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures (Fall) 4 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, a d s p e c i a l f i t n e s s a c t i v i t i e s . Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water s a f e t y . Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet s e p a r a t e l y . (Fall) 4 7 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM Methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and procedures. (Spring) 4 8 2 COACHING OF SPORTS Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . (Interim) 4 8 3 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH PROBLEMS Analysis i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. Includes v i s i t a t i o n s by h e a l t h resource e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t a t i o n s o f various off-campus h e a l t h programs. ( I n t e r i m ) 4 8 5 A P P L I E D ADAPTED A C T I V I T I E S Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . sunnner s c h o o l 4 9 1 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y . and administration of neuromuscular re-education. Summer s c h o o l o n l y ) Includes general p r i n c i p l e s ( P r e r e q .: 351, 352. 4 9 5 PROFESSIONAL A F F I L I A T I O N Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e following f o u r areas of c o r r e c t i v e therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) R e h a b i l i t a t i o n . (Prereq.: 485, 491, and approval o f department) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed i n t e n s i v e study i n t h e a r e a of Health Education o r Physical Education. Open only t o majors. Department of History Chairman: MAJOR: Donald Gustafson 8 courses plus 1 seminar. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper l e v e l ) from each o f the four areas: Ancient and Medieval: Europe: U.S.; and non-Western. A t least four o f these courses must be upper division. Majors with an average o f 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o apply t o individual instructors for permission t o register for directed independent study. A maximum o f one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 6 i n the major and 3.0 over-all; application before the end o f the f i r s t term o f the junior year; two years o f a foreign language at the college level (or i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three o f which must be upper division. Students are required t o take a t least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. Admission t o the seminars i s by permission o f the instructor. 1 0 1 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , Spring) East through t h e high middle 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD A study of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon t o t h e p r e s e n t . (Fall, Spring) 1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o r e c o n s t r u c t a n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( S p r l n g ) 2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7 An assessment of t h e century which precedes o u r modern day. (Fall) . 3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U. S : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION Exploration i n depth o f such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal, and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign policy t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (1973-74) 3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C. The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through i t s extension and e l a b o r a t i o n by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D. A study o f t h e development of Alexander's Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and sciences and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0 A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( O f f e r e d 1973-74) 4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4 This course emphasizes c o n s t i t u t i o n a l development. (Fall) 4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e o f t h e modern s t a t e . Emphasis i s a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern s c i e n c e and i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may b e l i s t e d as 1560-1714. ( S p r i n g ) 4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course c o n s i s t s of u n i t s on such t o p i c s as H i t l e r ' s fascism, t h e c o l l a p s e of c o l o n i a l empires and t h e r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n t h e l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST A S I A A study of t h e major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n t h e a r e a due t o confrontation with and subjugation by t h e West. A comparative a n a l y s i s of t h e n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l e s p e c i a l l y focus on Vietnam, P h i l i p p i n e s , Burma and Indonesia. ( F a l l , 1972-73) 464 MODERN CHINA A s e l e c t i v e treatment o f Chinese h i s t o r y s i n c e t h e Opium war o f 1839. The erosion o f China's i s o l a t i o n i s m and collapse o f t h e .imperial system. The N a t i o n a l i s t and Communist revolutions o f t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o f t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, t h e opening o f Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. (1973-74) 474 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE A s e l e c t i v e study o f t h e encounters between Europeans and t h e peoples o u t s i d e Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes (1973-74) . 495 SEMINAR (Fall, Spring) Department of Mathematics Chai rman : Dean Gulden MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 2 2 4 , 314, 324, and 315 or 325. MINOR: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n m a t h e m a t i c s ; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive o r a l e x a d n a t i o n . Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o d e p a r t m e n t d u r i n g f i r s t term o f j u n i o r y e a r , and m u s t i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s , Complex A n a l y s i s , A l g e b r a , T o p o l o g y , and Mathematics-Education. 121, 122 CALCULUS I,I 1 Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane an'alytic geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e v a r i a b l e with a p p l i c a t i o n s from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , S p r i n g ) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I,11, I 1 1 Topics o f t h e elements o f pl,ane and s o l i d a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus including calculus of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s and s e r i e s with a p p l i c a t i o n s primarily from t h e physical sciences Primarily f o r students i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. ( 1 2 4 , F a l l ; 1 2 5 , S p r i n g ; 2 2 4 , F a l l ) . 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n . t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students not intending f u r t h e r study o f mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l b e given t o mathematics majors' o r minors. ( F a l l ) 21 1 NUMBER THEORY A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational. t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P a r e g . : C o h s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . S p r i n g ) 2 2 6 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s solutions; systems of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 4 . Spring) 2 5 1 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 o r 125. Spring) 2 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and s t a t i s t i c s , including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central l i m i t theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of hypotheses. ( P r e r e q . : 2 24. F a l l ) 3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l ) 3 1 5 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of vector spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. Spring) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I 1 A study of t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of several variables, includiqg transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions, improper integrals, d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, F a l l ) 4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA An i n depth study of topics introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra, including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq. : 31 4 . Spring) 4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , risidues'. ( P r e r e q . : 324. F d l ) 4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. ( P r e r e q . : 315, 324. Spring) 4 5 4 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n a r r a n t registration. Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Computer Sclence 2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a maj or o r minor i n mathematics. fFalL) Medical Technology This major involves t h e completion of t h r e e years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve months of i n t e r n s h i p a t Hennepin General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwestern Hospit a1 S p e c i f i c recommended courses vary t o some extent depending on t h e h o s p i t a l with which t h e student plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely with t h e Medical Technology adviser. . Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 1161, 223 ( o r 351, 352), 353. Department of Music Chai man: Leland Sateren MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 101, 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 4 7 6 , 354 o r 355, 365 o r 375, 457, 458, 4 years o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458; one o f 354, 355, 365, 375; a n e l e c t i v e ; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h double - p e r i o d s i n the l a s t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n h o n o r s i n m u s i c i f t h e y ( 1 ) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : the promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s w i t h i n t h e Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t s b y a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s b o t h o n and o f f campus; the p e r f o r m i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n a n d / o r promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Program a t the b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f t h e j u n i o r year. Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) t w o s o l o r e c i t a l s o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l a n d / o r i n s t r u m e n t a l ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r t h e s i s and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 ) a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee and a solo r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . Attendance a t Performance Workshop r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s . 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by @ team of i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects o f musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g , harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l ; 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g ) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music from 1600 t o t h e present through t h e study of s e l e c t e d works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . For t h e non-music maj o r . (Fa11 , S p r i n g ) 2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Renaissance, Baroque, and C l a s s i c a l e r a s . (Fall] 2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s . (Spring) 3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e a s r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. ( F a l l ) 3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique o f playing and teaching woodwind and b r a s s instruments. (Spring) 3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching o f s t r i n g instruments. all) 3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Spring) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence o f t h e music o f t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r t h e general student as well as f o r o r g a n i s t s , c h o i r d i r e c t o r s , and p r e theological students. (Fall) 4 5 7 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation o f and conducting choral scores, organization and administration o f choral ensembles. ( F a l l ) 4 5 8 CONDUCTING Preparation o f and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration o f instrumental ensembles. [ S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION The c r a f t o f o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental and vocal ensembles o f varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l ) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music o f Scandinavia s i n c e 1700. (Spring) 4 8 8 , 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano. Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Class meeting and supervised lesson weekly. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPqNDENT STUDY (Fall) . PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Majors and minors must complete t h e f i r s t and second term i n t h e same a r e a with t h e same teacher. For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. ( F a l l , Spring) Piano Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination has been passed may be a p p l i e d toward t h e music major o r minor. Organ Technique a s needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h c o n t r o l , f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g a s needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of song c l a s s i c s - both s a c r e d and s e c u l a r . Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments , S t r i n g Instruments Tecl~nique as needed, rcpcrtoi re, ~>erf'ori~~ancc. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music s t u d e n t , b u t f o r any s t u d e n t of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year i s required o f p a r t i c i p a n t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Choir Membership i s by a u d i t i o n and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s . Concert Band Membership i s by a u d i t i o n . Orchestra Membership i s by a u d i t i o n . Choral Club, llepcrtoire Band, S t r i n h Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles Me~nbership i s b y a u d i t i o n o r coliseltr o f d i r e c t o r . Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l s . MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and m a t h e m a t i c s w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s . In b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 . b e c h o s e n f r o m the u p p e r d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s . The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o 59 In c h e m i s t r y , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , or ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o c o m p l e t e the t o t a l o f 5 courses, t w o courses may be chosen as f o l l o w s : 223 and 361; - or 351 352; or 351 361. In m a t h e m a t i c s , C a l c u l u s Z and C a l c u l u s X I a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d . In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l courses t o be c h o s e n a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s JBpartment. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s T h i s m a j o r i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r p r e m e d i c d s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a m e j o r w h i c h p r o v i d e s the science c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o mst m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d c h o o s e electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the m e d i c a l schools t o w h i c h he or she intends t o a p p l y . MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 or 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; C h e m i s t r y 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , or ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y ; Mathematics 121 or 1 2 4 ; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . Department of Chairman: Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 343, and 344. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s from 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , and 344. HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i a n t o the P h i l o s o p h y Honors Program i s b y recommendation S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t t h e e n d o f the o f the p h i l o s o p h y f a c u l t y . j u n i o r year. T h e program w i l l consist o f an honors thesis on an approved t o p i c o f the s t u d e n t ' s choice, i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above the c o u r s e level, and a d e f e n s e o f this t h e s i s b e f o r e the f a c u l t y o f the d e p a r t m e n t . C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g the g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirement . 110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS Introduction t o philosophy through the study of the teachings of Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. Concern w i l l be shown f o r the role t h a t these men played i n developing ideas basic t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g contributions on topics such as the nature of the r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge, e t c . all, Interim, S p r i n g ) 120 ETHICS Search for an adequate e t h i c a l principle through an evaluation of those presented by philosophers; inquiry i n t o possible j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l values; and application of these principles t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 130 LOGIC The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e of definition, premises, and rules of inference i n an argument a r e investigated. all, S p r i n g ) 2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE For description see under course 110. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , ,Spring) 2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY An analysis of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n of f a i t h and reason, problem of universals, existence of God, mysticism, e t c . , and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r development of t h e s e ideas. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g ) 3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 1I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major empiricists i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Kant's synthesis of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o Idealism i n men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Suggested p r i o r course: 241, 242. Fall) 3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major 20th century representatives o f a n a l y t i c philosophy, pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 211, 2 4 2 , 343. S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n Philosophy . S p r i n g 19 72-73) 3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical contributions o f Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n Philosophy . S p r i n g 1973-74) 3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e world o f t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of language, semantics, and pragmatics. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 o r 344. F a l l , 1972-73) 3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and theory-construction i n t h e empirical sciences. Students a l s o w i l l work with professor i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r a u r s e i n science. F a l l , 1973-74) 3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM Studies i n t h e writings -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n Jepth with such themes as absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h . (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1972-73) 3 7 5 P H I LOSOPHI CAL MOVEMENTS Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 340. F a l l , 1973-74) 61 4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e.g. P l a t o , Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r crourse: 241, 242, 343, or #. S p r i n g , 1973-74) 4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies i n such areas as t h e philosophy o f a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy of h i s t o r y , philosophical psychology, philosophy o f c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r course i n philosophy. S p r i n g , 1972-73) 4 9 0 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e s t u d e n t , worked out i n consultation with t h e f a c u l t y adviser. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Physics Chairman: T h e o d o r e H a n w i ck MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 2 4 5 , 351, 362, and 395. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 . 1 0 1 ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s and g a l a x i e s . The necessary o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e a s well a s a 3-inch Questar. Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects of wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t o f t h e (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . mechanics, thermodynamics, modern t o p i c s . The course i s designed as Medical Technology program. Spring) 121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I, I 1 A rigorous study of t h e concepts o f mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s , e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects o f modern physics. For majors i n physics and o t h e r s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or c o n c u r r e n t registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) 2 4 5 MODERN PHYSICS An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s . R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, n u c l e a r and s o l i d s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 122, Spring) 2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, I 1 A careful study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and t h e Lagrangian and Hami ltoriian formalisms. Topics include conservation p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y s y s t e m , central-force motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g ) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I,I 1 The classical electromagnetic f i e l d theory is developed using t h e vector calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics, s o l u t i o n of Caplace's and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s of materials, p l u s t h e theory n f electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g ) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas o f mechanics, thermodynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. (Prereq.: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g . Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes f o r which temperature is an important variable. The s u b j e c t is developed from two independent y e t complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 351. F a l l ) 4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from f i r s t p r i n c i p l e s , including de Brogliels p o s t u l a t e s , t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e hydrogen atom. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 245, 351, 352. F a l l ) 4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas of s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 486. S p r i n g ) Department of Chai rman: Political Science Norma Noonan MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 courses, p l u s S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 1 ) , i n c l u d i n g 1 5 8 , 384 and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 areas.* A seminar i n o n e o f the f i v e a r e a s may be counted f o r t h a t a r e a . The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 158 and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 areas.* MINOR: HONORS MAJOR: T h e Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s l i s t e d above, p l u s t h e following: T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e m u s t be 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . T h e s t u d e n t m u s t t a k e a n Honors I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and m u s t s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r than A p r i l 1 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r , a n Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major no l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the j u n i o r y e a r . F o r s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n the department . * T h e f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , C o m p a r a t i v e P o l i t i c s and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y a n d Analysis. (Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area toward major o r minor requirements.) -- Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 . T h e Urban R e q u i r e m e n t may b e f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y a n I n t e r n s h i p o r Independent Study o n an urban-related t o p i c . T h e m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n f o r s e c o n d a r y s o c i a l s t u d i e s teaching, providing t h e s t u d e n t a l s o has one course each i n e c o n o m i c s , g e o g r a p h y , h i s t o r y and s o c i o l o g y and the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S 1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and a f f e c t e d by t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73) 1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and s t r u c t u r e s i n f l u e n c i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73) 3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y making i n t h e American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and (No p r e r e q u i s i t e ; management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . I n t e r i m , 1972-73) 3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development, s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o o t h e r f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r r e l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i o n s . ( S t u d e n t s may n o t t a k e both 326 and 356 e x c e p t b y s p e c i a l p e r m i s s i o n . Offered Fall term o f e l e c t i o n y e a r s . No p r e r e q u i s i t e F a l l , 19 7 2 ) . 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; t h e uses and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326) 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 (Offered alternate years. Spring, 1972-73) 11. COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An analysis of b a s i c patterns i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of contemporary i s s u e s . ( F a l l , Spring 1972-73) 3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS A comparative analysis o f t h e Soviet Union and other communist s t a t e s i n terms of p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. F a l l , 1972) 3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of public opinion and t h e determinants of voter choice, including study o f a t t i t u d e s , values and personality f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereg.: One course i n Political Science or #) 3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study o f e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system. (Offered on demand. Prereq. : #) 1 1 1 . INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S 1 6 0 ISSUES I N WORLD P O L I T I C S Contemporary issues and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. (Spring, 1972-73) 3 6 1 INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background f o r study and simulation of contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1972) .-. L 3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation o f f o r e i g n p o l i c i e s of Communist n a t i o n s , with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73) I V . PUBLIC LAW 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAM I The l e g a l - p o l i t i c a l - p h i l o s o p h i c a l r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 C o n s t i t u t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth Amendment a s applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n o f human r i g h t s and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1972-73) V. P O L I T I C A L THEORY AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES ( F a l l , S p r i n g 1972-73) 380 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding of contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 8 1 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I 1 Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t , a n a r c h i s t , s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , C h r i s t i a n , democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . F a l l , 1972-73) 3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST P O L I T I C S An examination o f t h e Marxist-Leninist o r i g i n s of contemporary communism, t h e development and uses of ideology, and t h e impact o f h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l evolution of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 8 4 P O L I T I C A L ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l s o c i e t y , i n c l u d i n g communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, s t r u c t u r a l - f u n c t i o n a l i s m , power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey o f t h e methods common t o empirical s o c i a l s c i e n c e . ( P r e r e q . : S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 5 8 o r 356; o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73) VI . SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 295 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq. : # . Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane J o h n s o n MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s . One o r two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may a l s o be r e q u i r e d . The m a j o r program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an a d v i s e r i n t h e psychology department and approved b y the department chairman. Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 4 9 3 , and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, $ 6 4 , 481, 498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. The major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n the freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n 355 and 357 i n the sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r y e a r . The o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the d i s c i p l i n e o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and p r o f e s s i o n a l i n t e r e s t s and g o a l s o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n f o r the major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more electives i n psychology, s h o u l d be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year may d e l a y graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r h o n o r s i n psychology w i t h a 3.5 grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the major program. A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g the j u n i o r year. 1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r the purpose o f understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with the study o f behavior. A structure of the f i e l d of psychology including psychological principles i n major sub -areas. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development o f c h i l d r e n . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of t h e adolescent and a d u l t . Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e developmental process. Active consideration o f t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and theory have f o r t h e development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods of l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 351. S p r i n g ) 3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall) 3 5 7 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including o b j e c t i v e s , evaluation, and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e l e a r n i n g process. ( P r e r e g . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 MEASUREMENT Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 6 1 PERSONALITY Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily is included i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y . (Prereq. : 105. Fall) 3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior d i s o r d e r s . Consideration of diagnostic c a t e g o r i e s , treatment, and r e s e a r c h . ( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s or 361. S p r i n g ) 3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall, Spring) 3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups o f i n d i v i d u a l s i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented teams. Study of p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration o f approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human resource. ( P r e r e g . : 105. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g ) 4 9 3 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points o f view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration o f t h e approaches and methods of behavioral science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq.: 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 9 8 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research r e p o r t according t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association. C r i t i c a l review and discussion of individual research p r o j e c t s . ( p r e r e q . : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology. Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: P h i l i p A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , t w o o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New Testament Greek. The major s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t one course: 352-355, 360-363, 871-475, 481-484. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the major and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department. MINOR: 5 courses. R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e o f theology and t o t h e dialogue between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 B I B L I C A L STUDIES The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents. The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y o f I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e church. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION See under Department o f Philosophy 3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP A study of t h e origin of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e vario* l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. V i s i t s w i l l be made t o a v a r i e t y of worship services. ( F a l l ) 3 5 3 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS A survey of some of t h e major l i v i n g religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, and Islam, with some emphasis on t h e study of primary documents from these f a i t h s . (Spring) 3 5 5 TEACHING RELIGION I N , SCHOOL AND CHURCH The function of t h e teacher i n t h e Christian congregation with a consideration of available materials and t h e organization of t h e church school. The function of t h e teacher i n teaching about r e l i g i o n i n t h e public school and a consideration of available materials. Distinctive c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of these roles. ( S p r i n g ) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and practices. P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given r e l a t i o n t o religious systems, and t o an of society and t h e relationship of these s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and t o the study of bureaucracy and i t s exploration of t h e changing patterns changes t o t h e i n s t i t u t i o n a l church. (Fa11 ) 3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental doctrines from t h e time of t h e Apostolic Fathers through Augustine. ( I n t e r i m , 1973) 3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction t o t h e theological thought of t h e Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. ( F a l l ) 3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM The Protestant ethos i n the United States. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of religious l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing culture. ( F a l l ) 3 8 0 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and relationships. Attention t o t h e v a r i e t y of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r the h i s t o r i c a l Jesus. I f ( F a l l ) 4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s relationship t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s writings. ( S p r i n g , 1973-74) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas o f Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message o f t h e prophets. (Spring) 475 JUDAISM A survey of t h e h i s t o r y of Judaism from t h e end o f t h e Old Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. ( F a l l ) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction t o some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing theological t a s k of t h e Christian Church. ( S p r i n g ) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends o f Roman Catholic theology a s expressed i n t h e w r i t i n g s of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s of t h e church. ( S p r i n g ) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms o f theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral action. ( S p r i n g ) Social Science T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n this a r e a . A major c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may b e earned i n any one o f four d i s t r i b u t i o n s . A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l S c i e n c e and one o f t h e f o u r component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r m a j o r . A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses i n History: 2 i n American, 2 i n Ancient and Modern Europe, 2 i n Non-Western, and 1 seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495). B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS 1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2 courses i n t h e methodology o f the Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 o t h e r courses i n economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n courses; 1 a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology (Other than educational psychology), o r sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses i n Non-Western 2 courses i n h i s t o r y and 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Religion 353; Philosophy s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e : H i s t o r y 104, 440, P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499; 355. 6 o t h e r courses i n c l u d i n g : H i s t o r y 103; one course i n t h e methodology o f t h e S o c i a l Science ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 362, 363, o r 365; and 4 a d d i t i o n a l e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. For a S o c i a l Science major w i t h a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements o f t h e S t a t e o f Minnesota f o r a h i g h school t e a c h e r o f t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s , t h e r e must be among t h e courses t a k e n a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r in p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , economics, anthropology combined. D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course i n each o f geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses in h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495; H i s t o r y 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. Department of Sociology Chairman: Joel Torstenson MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . MAJOR IN SOCIAL WELFARE: 1 0 c o u r s e s i n c l . u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 , 351, 352, 353, 3 6 5 , 383, 461, 462. A l s o r e q u i r e d : Psychology 1 0 5 , and 351 or 352. 1 1 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics o f t h e modern world viewed from t h e p e r s p e c t i v e o f t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , w i t h a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s o f human community i n t h e c o n t e x t o f urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s . (Fall, Interim, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY The development o f s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s m o t i f s , p e r s p e c t i v e s , and l i n g u i s t i c forms ; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics o f s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e o f s o c i o l o g y a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . B a s i c background f o r advanced work i n sociology. ( F a l l ) 231 FAMILY PROCESS: COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE Designed t o h e i g h t e n awareness o f communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide p e r s p e c t i v e and s k i l l s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n p r e - m a r i t a l , m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact o f h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban c o n t e x t s on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e f a m i l y i s examined. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS The dynamic processes a t t h e root o f contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 3 7 CRIME AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s o f crime causation, treatment, and prevention. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION T O ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of t h e idea of culture; the person's r e l a t i o n t o culture; language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o multiple ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison of "primitive" and "civilized1' world views, values, and systems o f thought, magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. all) 3 5 1 SOCIAL WELFARE METHODS AND SYSTEMS Basic features of casework and group work. Public welfare, s o c i a l s e c u r i t y , and p r i v a t e welfare systems. Two campus l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours agency service p e r week. Course designed f o r general acquaintance with f i e l d s and methods of human service. ( F a l l ) 3 5 2 BEGINNING S K I L L DEVELOPMENT I N CASEWORK OR GROUP WORK Orientation and application i n p r a c t i c e of one of these major s k i l l s . Student i s assigned f u l l time under t h e teaching supervision of s t a f f i n a s e l e c t e d agency. Maj ors only. ( I n t e r i m ) 3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK Analysis of methods, theory, operational p r i n c i p l e s , and techniques. Reflective use of student's own experiences i n p r i o r f i e l d assignments. Open t o s t u d e n t s having had beginning s k i l l f i e l d experience. ( S p r i n g ) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n sociological research: problems and procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of sociological data; s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and data-getting t o o l s . S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l application of what i s learned as it i s learned. ( F a l l , Spring) 3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures o f c e n t r a l tendency, v a r i a b i l i t y and association, s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g . Not open t o sociology majors. ( F a l l ) 3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, the development of p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of s o c i a l psychology. S e l e c t i v e forms of c o l l e c t i v e behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audience. ( P r e r e q . : 121 or P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON URBANIZATION A review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s a s T h n i e s , Weber, Park and l i r t h ; and an examination of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s o m a n and suburban l i f e . (Prereq.: 111. S p r i n g ) 3 8 3 R A C I A L AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , racism and c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American s e t t i n g . ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 1 FUTURES I N SOCIAL WORK Emerging i s s u e s and programs; s e l e c t i n g c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s through graduate t r a i n i n g o r occupational choice. Advanced p r a c t i c a l experience a s a s o c i a l work i n t e r n . Two hours c l a s s l e c t u r e and 10 hours i n t e r n s h i p experience p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : 353. F a l l ) 4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l planning, and s o c i a l a c t i o n . F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s p e r week. ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s assigned a s a p r o f e s s i o n a l s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some s t u d e n t s s e l e c t e d f o r stipended p o s i t i o n s . Up t o 20 hours p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : #. S p r i n g ) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e course o f t h e i r development i n t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and l a r g e s c a l e organization i n an urban world. ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( F a l l . Interim. S p r i n g ) Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Chairman: Arts Raymond A n d e r s o n CDMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 or 352, 354, 4 8 7 , and E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t not c o u n t i n g toward t h e m a j o r : S p e e c h 111; P h i l o s o p h y 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y required. Major electives c o u n t i n g t o w a r d the m a j o r : A r t 2 2 5 , 230; S p e e c h 1 1 6 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 355, 360, 361, 476, 490, and i n t e r i m c o u r s e s i n communication. Recommended s u p p o r t i n g electives: E n g l i s h 2 6 1 , 320, 367, 368 Psych010gy 351, 352, 361, 3 6 2 , 473, 485 S o c i o l o g y 212, 2 3 1 , 459, 482 L i b r a r y 385 Computer S c i e n c e COMMUNICATION MINOR: SPEECH MAJOR: 5 courses 10 courses SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 351 or 352, 355, 360, 361, 366, 4 7 6 . A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a m a j o r i n E n g l i s h i f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s r e q u i r e d . SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 aurses. For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351 or 352, 355, 360, 366; course 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 1 1 6 , 360, 361, 476. THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366, 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be c o u n t e d toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y an E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l courses i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g : 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 3 6 0 , 361, 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , three i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f honors q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f the communication a r t s , c o m p r e h e n s i v e e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the senior y e a r . Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y education. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and c r i t i c a l listening. per week. all, S p r i n g ) Meets f i v e times - I - 1 1 6 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice i n story t e l l i n g and creative dramatics. Recommended f o r parish workers and elementary school teachers. [ F a l l ) 2 2 8 STAGECRAFT Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. students. ( F a l l ) Open t o a l l 2 3 2 ACTING Practical work i n pantomime and participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) An introduction t o the a r t of acting. improvisation; 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of film as an a r t form; major developments i n film history; analysis of significant films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than technical elements. (Spring) 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY A study of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with emphasis on t h e i r role i n society. (Spring) 3 5 1 ARGUMENTAT ION Application of logic i n public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 3 5 2 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; p r a c t i c a l work i n speech writing. (Spring) 3 5 4 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. [Spring) 3 5 5 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice i n discussion techniques. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic principles of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e . prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l ) Practice i n reading 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction t o history of the t h e a t e r and t o theories of drama and dramatic production. ( F a l l ) 3 6 6 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises i n planning product ions and conducting rehearsals (Spring) . 76 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage l i g h t i n g and scene design. 228 or #. S p r i n g ) (Prexeq.: 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech. introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. ( S p r i n g ) An 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication theory. ( F a l l ) 487 F I E L D EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper o r other publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication occupations. ( P r e r e g . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use o f primary sources and methddology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r . ( F a l l , Spring) General Information Courses A l l courses have equivalent value unless o t h e m i s e indicated. A course has t h e approximate value of 5 t o 6 quarter c r e d i t s o r 3* t o 4 semester c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 courses i s required f o r graduation. Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute periods o r two ninety-minute periods per week i n addition t o laboratories. Each semester i s approximately 15 weeks i n length. Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course offerings. Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of classes t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 200 are lower division courses; those numbered 200 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper division. In general, courses numbered i n t h e 100's a r e primarily f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300's f o r juniors; and 400's f o r seniors. Symbol Course may be taken with consent of t h e i n s t r u c t o r i r r e s p e c t i v e of #. prerequisites. Personnel Administration ...................................Oscar A. ...................Burton President Vice President and Executive A s s i s t a n t t o t h e President Anderson P. Fosse Academic A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean o f t h e College Registrar Assistant Registrar Librarian. ....................Kenneth C . Bailey ....................................Miss Mildred J o e l .........................Miss Beverly Wegge ...............................M s . Marjorie S i b l e y Business A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Business A f f a i r s . . Controller D i r e c t o r o f Plant S e r v i c e s . . Director of t h e College Center Director of Food Services Director of Housing/Purchasing Agent Director of Data Processing.. Manager of t h e Book S t o r e ............Warren Cuolin ...................................... Wayne Pederson ...............,,..Eugene Ecklund ...................Douglas Wasko .........................Carl Stromer ...........James Lancaster ...................David Pederson ..........................I r v i n g Hoe1 Development Vice President f o r Development Associate D i r e c t o r of Development A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r of Development Director of Alumni Relations Public Relations Coordinator. Manager, News Bureau .................Glen W. Johnson ...........Sigvald Hjelmeland .................David Teslow ..................... J e r o y Carlson ................. .Michael Walgren ...............................Steven Vite Student A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean o f Admissions Associate Dean of Students; Director, Career Planning and Placement Director of Financial Aid. Director of New Student Programs.. Director o f Residence Programs. Associate Director of Admissions Admissions Counselor .....................Bruce L. Gildseth ............Miss Fern Martinson ......................Herald Johnson ...............Richard Thoni .............Mrs. Joan Petersen ...............Donovan Lundeen .............................David Gronner Total Student Enrollment .............................. 1,968 .................................... 332 ................................ 1,817 .................................... 349 Academic Year, 1969-1970. Summer Session, 1970 Academic Year, 1970-1971 Summer Session, 1971 Summary Of Graduates Graduates, 1870-1969 Graduates, 1970 (September 1, 1969 - August 31, 1970) Graduates, 1971 (September 1, 1970 .August 31, 1971). ... .. 4,505 309 310 5,124
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1973-1974
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE Identification . . . and O b j e c t i v e s V i s i t i n g t h e Campus . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E . . . . . The 4-1-4.Calenda...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE Identification . . . and O b j e c t i v e s V i s i t i n g t h e Campus . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E . . . . . The 4-1-4.Calendar . . Faculty . General Education Requirements Majors . . Pre-Professional Training I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs . International Study Honors Program . Degrees . .. . .. . .. . .. PAGE 12, STUDENT L I F E . . . S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l . . Recreation . I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c s . . . Religious Life Student Services . Housing . Food S e r v i c e MUS I P .. .. . . . . . . PAGE 15, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE . . The A p p l i c a t i o n Process . . Transfer . . Early Decision . Early Admission . . Advanced Placement . . Advanced Standing . . . . PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL A I D . . . . . Deposits . . . . . F i n a n c i a l Aid Expenses . 19 73- 74 Cost Summary S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts . Refunds , .. PAGE 22, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION .. . . .. . .. . . Graduation Requirements Division Organization Registration . P r o b a t i o n and Dismissal . Grading C r e d i t by Examination . Classification . Courses . . . Numbering . Symbol .. .. . . . . PAGE 27, COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 78, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 79, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 8 6 , PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 87, INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o a n s w e r m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was correct a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t notice . Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e information you need t o know as a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d most o f t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e c o l l e g e . C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you. We hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l . ACADEMIC. ......The p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e . COURSE .........A MAJOR.. . . . . . . . .A MINOR s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such as "Community Development and Organization." Four courses a r e taken each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January. ..........A concentration i n a f i e l d of study other than t h e major. Fewer courses a r e r e q u i r e d t h a n i n t h e maj o r . ELECTIVE. FEE.. c o n c e n t r a t i o n of s t u d y i n one a r e a . Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 33 a r e a s . Students complete t h e requirements f o r t h e major a s w e l l as t h e g e n e r a l education requirements of the c o l l e g e t o e a r n t h e b a c h e l o r o f a r t s degree. . . . . . .A course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department a s h i s i n t e r e s t s d i c t a t e . . . . . . . . . . .Charges made by t h e c o l l e g e f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s l a b o r a t o r y . Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r repays. S e v e r a l loan funds a r e a v a i l a b l e through c o l l e g e , p r i v a t e and governmental sources LOA N . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHOLARSHIP.. . F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t of t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r ACT. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h o f d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l need of t h e s t u d e n t . There i s no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER. ......The c o l l e g e o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester i s 15 weeks i n length and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks. Vol. 36, No. 3, September 1972 AUGSBUAO COLLEGE NOW Is publlehsd seml-monthly In January March, Augusl September and Oscember and monthly In ~obrincyAprll ~ n y , ' ~ u nJuly e Octobor nnd November bv ~utlsburb~ o 1 1 6 a o731 . 2f & ~ v e . S.. ' Mlnnsa~olla.Mlnn. 66101. sbcon7 c ~ n i spnn~hgepeld at Mlnneapolls, Mlnneuota. There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a metropolitan c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l colleges t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h . The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r intramural a t h l e t i c programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s . Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t ' of t h e campus. The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o design much o f your own education. A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e calendar known a s t h e "4- 1-4. I t I n t h e study of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation of knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t concentration i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds o f c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s . Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education. You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie Theater, t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r coffee houses. You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s . Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a capable and dedicated s t a f f , an eager s t u d e n t body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College ldentif i c a t i o n Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with Founded more than 100 years t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC) ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education. . The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background though many denominations a r e represented on campus. About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a . Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e e n j oyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s . A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such a s t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater, and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company. Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus connections can be made from a l l a r e a s of t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern b o r d e r o f t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 16) History Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation was h e l d i n 1879. 4 Nature and Objectives Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, honest, competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e context of t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg e m p h a s i z e s the f o l l o w i n g p r i m a r y o b j e c t i v e s : 1 t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r m a j o r . t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d . t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g a c a d e m i c excellence . I t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o g a i n the s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o the problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern city. t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r interests and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which exist f o r them. t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l , and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r . Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t s t a n d a r d s by which e x c e l l e n c e i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North C e n t r a l Association o f Colleges and Secondary Schools. The N a t i o n a l Council f o r t h e A c c r e d i t a t i o n o f Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical S o c i e t y T h e Campus Augsburgls compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t o f Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t o f t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City o f Lakes . I 1 The c o l l e g e c u r r e n t l y h a s 13 major b u i l d i n g s w i t h a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and two of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e a d j a c e n t t o t h e campus. Visiting t h e Campus The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e c o l l e g e program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A p e r s o n a l i n t e r v i e w a f f o r d s c a n d i d a t e s , p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a c o l l e g e and i n making admissions d e c i s i o n s . A student-conducted campus t o u r and a n i n t e r v i e w with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e n o t mandatory. S t u d e n t s who wish t o a r r a n g e f a r a t o u r and an i n t e r v i e w a r e asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181). P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o b e made t o meet w i t h a member o f t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n session. School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e c o l l e g e . Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e O f f i c e o f Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l discover t h e world while preparing f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgts goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and prepare them f o r competency i n t h e modern world. The 4 - 1 - 4 Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s concentration on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an arena o f l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e study and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburgts f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o is 1 5 . 7 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r first name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e . General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t a s a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be incorporated i n t o t h e planned course o f study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) . In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t of s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and 7 drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from b i o l o g y , chemistry, mathematics , p h y s i c s , and psychology. A few c o u r s e s from economics , h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n E n g l i s h must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses c o n t a i n i n g an emphasis on m e t r o p o l i t a n concerns i s r e q u i r e d a s w e l l a s p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n a c t i v i t i e s . (For d e t a i l s , see " A c a d e m i c A d m i n i s t r a t i o n section. " ) Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American S t u d i e s Art Biology Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Business Education Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and P h y s i c a l Education History Mathemati cs Pre- Professional Medical Technology Metro-Urban S t u d i e s Music N a t u r a l Science Phi 1os ophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology Pbysi c a l Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Welfare Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Traini n g S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and e n g i n e e r i n g , can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n a t Augsburg. I t i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t requirements f o r admission t o g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r s e m i n a r i e s b e reviewed and t h e n t h e c o u r s e o f s t u d y at Augsburg be planned a c c o r d i n g l y . Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f c o u r s e s i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t - i o n f o r future professional study. Inter - Institutional Programs Augsburg c o o p e r a t e s w i t h o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. ST. PAUL EXCHANGE. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each s e m e s t e r a t a n o t h e r campus w i t h o u t a d d i t i o n a l f e e . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o g a i n new perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools, o r because a s p e c i f i c c o u r s e i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have c o o r d i n a t e d 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m term may a l s o be t a k e n on a n o t h e r campus. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. T h i s group i s composed o f 12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e i n n o v a t i v e c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s , i n t e r c h a n g e and s h a r i n g o f academic p e r s o n n e l and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t s p o n s o r s h i p of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development of programs c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e needs and r e s o u r c e s of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A c o o p e r a t i v e e f f o r t between Augsburg College and M e t r o p o l i t a n S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis h a s r e s u l t e d i n t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t o f a f o u r - y e a r program i n s o c i o l o g y o r psychology w i t h a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g w i t h chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e t a k e n b o t h on t h e Augsburg and t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n campuses . CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning c l a s s e s b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e c o u r s e s f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. C l a s s e s a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y H o s p i t a l , and T r e v i l l a of Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s i n v o l v e d i n t h e c o u r s e s , both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , h a s been extremely f a v o r a b l e . The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e s t u d y by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h inmates and t h e i r problems. Each y e a r t h e Conservation o f Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg h o l d s t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay f o r inmates m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co- l e a r n i n g c o u r s e s . SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg Is summer s c h o o l c a l e n d a r i s c o o r d i n a t e d with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . P a u l . S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l may s e l e c t c o u r s e s on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e o f f e r e d t o p e r m i t s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r d e g r e e s . COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE ( C D I ) . Augsburg and C D I have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College. A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing" a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. I n cooperation with t h e Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s . CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester of t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2 . 5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses . I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study There a r e s e v e r a l types o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e u n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group meetings during t h e s choo 1 y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n . SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n s t u d y a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s t u d y a l l o v e r t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may a r r a n g e t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. T h i s ' t y p e of s t u d y must be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by o n e ' s f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and t h e n by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t S t a n d i n g . C r e d i t e a r n e d t h r o u g h f o r e i g n s t u d y may b e a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d u a t i o n requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . u SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds o f p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer s t u d y i n g abroad. Recently Augsburg s t u d e n t s have s p e n t summers i n ~ o r w a ~S p, a i n , Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For i n f o r m a t i o n on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l a c c e l e r a t e d s e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o freshman s t u d e n t s w i t h o u t s t a n d i n g h i g h s c h o o l r e c o r d s . For s u p e r i o r s t u d e n t s of a l l c l a s s y e a r s , i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e o f f e r e d each term. S e v e r a l departments o f t h e c o l l e g e o f f e r programs through which t h e s t u d e n t can e a r n honors i n t h e major. The o p p o r t u n i t y t o do independent s t u d y i n f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e throughout t h e c o l l e g e . For s t u d e n t s who apply f o r and r e c e i v e s p e c i a l s t a t u s a s Honors S c h o l a r s , g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirements a r e modified a s n e c e s s a r y t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . A d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e honors program i s a v a i l a b l e upon r e q u e s t from t h e Honors Program D i r e c t o r a t Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg C o l l e g e o f f e r s t h e Bachelor o f A r t s (B.A.) degree, and t h e degree o f Bachelor o f Music. ( S e e the Department o f M u s i c f o r B .M . d e g r e e r e q u i r e m e n t s ) 11 Student Life Your e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether a s a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e c l i m a t e f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your e d u c a t i o n . Social and Cultural Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s w e l l a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name e n t e r t a i n m e n t , and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d s . The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. O f f i c e s f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, rhe Augsburg Echo, and t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of t h e c l u b s t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e C e n t e r . There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and O r c h e s t r a t o u r a n n u a l l y . The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l s t u d e n t - o r g a n i z e d groups a l s o perform on and o f f campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program p r o v i d e s competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r i n t r a m u r a l winners a t v a r i o u s colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s a member o f t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e a n n u a l l y competes i n t e n s p o r t s including f o o t b a l l , soccer, cross country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad t o o k p a r t i n p o s t season c o m p e t i t i o n l a s t s e a s o n . The p u c k s t e r s f i n i s h e d t h i r d i n t h e NAIA tournament. T h i s y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. S e n i o r c o - c a p t a i n P a t Marcy won t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. The o t h e r c o - c a p t a i n , s e n i o r Ron Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e second t i m e i n h i s c a r e e r . Religious Life A n important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning. A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e as academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g as well a s discuss t h e personal concerns of individual students . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower. This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s . Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65 upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and administrative o f f i c e s . West Hall, an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s . 13 TOWER APARTMENTS - now under c o n s t r u c t i o n . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d t h e room deposit by t h i s d a t e a r e automatically removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e deposit a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg if t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned. Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e .top f l o o r o f t h e College Center, i s t h e main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r of t h e Center, f e a t u r e s s h o r t orders and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r t h o s e l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments. The Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) i s Augsburgls new college-wide program. It provides s t u d e n t s i n a l l f i e l d s of study with t h e opportunity t o g a i n p r a c t i c a l on-,thewjob experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h a v a r i e t y o f companies, agencies and community o r g a n i z a t i o n s . Admission to the College Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s of high school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons without r e g a r d t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your questions. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2. Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 3 . Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 5 examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r y e a r . Your high school counselor can l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4. When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n charge. 5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form. 6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t not t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t 15 p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t Augs burg. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n deposit which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. E a r l y Admission An Early Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high school j u n i o r s . To apply f o r Early Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r Early Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude Test i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r year. Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y previously completed. Advanced S t a n d i n g College c r e d i t i s granted t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have scored high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s of s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg . Campus Guide West H a l l George Sverdrup L i b r a r y )I Science H a l l ( 5 , r a 3 - 3 3 0 ) Old Main (do. 1-29, C. d / A ) Future S i t e of Residence Tower Urness Tower Residence The College C e n t e r The Quadrangle Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l [md 1 , A V ) The ~ r tS-t u d i o ( A ) Murphy Square Organ S t u d i o [ 0 5) The Music B u i l d i n g (m) S i Melby H a l l (G) Speech and Drama B u i l d i n g YO- ~ 9 ) East Hall C E H ) (#a Admissions (Science 156) 433-936 Alumni R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o ~ Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ; Augsburgi an (College C e n t e r ground i Bookstore (College C e n t e r 1st f l o o r ) Business A f f a i r s (Science 135) C a r e e r Planning and Placement (Memorial 1s t f l o o r ) C e n t e r f o r S t u d e n t Development (Memorial 1st f l o o r ) College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o c CHR (Memorial ground f l o o r ) 309-32; Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) y l a Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) q21 ' Development O f f i c e (Memorial 2nd f l c . Expenses and Financial Aid Expenses TUITION - $1,845.00 This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee p l a n ) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses d u r i n g t h e s e m e s t e r terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,025.00 T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $820 . O O I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t authorized. A p a r t - t i m e r a t e o f $264.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course o n l y . F u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course w i t h o u t charge. For p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $132 .OO a c o u r s e . SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $155.00 payable with t u i t i o n : 4-1 ( o r 1 - 4 ) . . . . .$88.00 Balance o f y e a r . $6 7.00 . (Applies t o S t u d e n t Government c o s t s , admission t o organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, c h o r a l , and drama e v e n t s and s u p p o r t o f College C e n t e r programs, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . P a r t - time s t u d e n t s a r e charged ,on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s o f $22 a c o u r s e . ) A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10 .OO i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15.00. R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one o f t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e General Fee o f $155.00 b u t no t u i t i o n . Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00 Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 S t u d e n t Teaching, $35 .OO Improvement o f Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day: organ, $20.00 ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8 .OO ($2 .OO an interim). Band-Orchestra i n s t r u m e n t r e n t a l : $7.50 a term. OTHER COSTS T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $ 2 .OO o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges according t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e . Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM - $1,040 to $1,100 Men: $1,070.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,100.00 f o r f u l l b o a r d . (Five month b i l l i n g , $606.00 and $624.00) Women: $1,040 .OO f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,070 .OO f o r f u l l b o a r d . (Five month b i l l i n g , $589 .OO and $606.00) A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 2 1 meals a week, w h i l e a p a r t i a l b o a r d p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) . A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r . 19 1973- 74 Cost Summary A p p l i c a t i o n Fee Tuition ............. $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,845.00 ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 p a i d on a c c e p t a n c e t o A u g s b u r g and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s .) Board and Room Breakage Deposit . . . . . . . . $1,040.00-$1,100.00 ....... $ 25.00 ( R e f u n d e d o n t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg.) Deposits . TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not r e f u n d a b l e ) Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission h a s been accepted; t o be p a i d by ~ ~ r 1, i i 1972 (payment i s due J a n u a r y 1 under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not r e f u n d a b l e ) . Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term b e g i n n i n g September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00. Refundable upon g r a d u a t i o n , t r a n s f e r t o a n o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g e d u c a t i o n program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A s t a t e m e n t o f e s t i m a t e d charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l b e p r e p a r e d and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment o f t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second s e m e s t e r i s due J a n u a r y 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s s c h e d u l e must b e a r r a n g e d w i t h t h e Business O f f i c e p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t.0 r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a p r e c e d i n g t e r m has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds If a s t u d e n t d e c i d e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , r e f u n d s o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g schedule: 100% through t h e f i r s t F r i d a y o f c l a s s e s . 80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of first week o f c l a s s e s . 70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s . In a l l c a s e s , board r e f u n d s a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Financial Aid About 65% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combina'tion o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic r e c o r d . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l l o a n s t o t a l i n g $330,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: E d u c a t i o n a l Opportunity Grant, Basic O p p o r t u n i t y Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t S t u d e n t Loan ( f o r m e r l y N a t i o n a l Defense S t u d e n t Loan), C o l l e g e Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d S t u d e n t Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The d e a d l i n e f o r s-ubmitting t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . Academic Administration S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r own c o u r s e o f s t u d y w i t h t h e h e l p o f f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e c o u r s e s i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Augsburg g r a d u a t e s a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; t h e y a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s . The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s c o u r s e s a t Augsburg a r e designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l activities. Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s m i s s i o n . MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 c o u r s e s o f which 11 must b e upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more t h a n 1 3 i n one department. 2. Completion o f a major. 3. A grade p o i n t average o f 2.0 (C average) i n a l l c o u r s e s t a k e n and i n c o u r s e s which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t y e a r i n r e s i d e n c e . 5. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion o f d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows : a. A c o u r s e i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e Department o f E n g l i s h ) ; philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A c o u r s e from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments : b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y , mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology. d. A c o u r s e from one o r two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and one o r two c o u r s e s from t h e Department o f Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e s e f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m c o u r s e . A l l c o u r s e s l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement . f. A c o u r s e r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Two s e m e s t e r s o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s w i t h p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement w i t h one s e m e s t e r o f a c t i v i t i e s . h. Division Four i n t e r i m c o u r s e s , one each y e a r . Organization The c o l l e g e c o u r s e s a r e o r g a n i z e d i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and c o o p e r a t i v e aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s a p p o i n t e d f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Department o f Business. A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Business Education, and Economics Department o f H i s t o r y Department o f P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e Department o f Psychology Department o f Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Department Library Department Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, S c i e n c e , Secondary Education o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education o f Music HUMANITIES Department of A r t Department o f English Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek, L a t i n , Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s Department of R e l i g i o n Department o f Philosophy Registration A s t u d e n t must b e r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e credit for it. A normal l o a d i s f o u r c o u r s e s p e r s e m e s t e r and one c o u r s e i n t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r four courses p e r s e m e s t e r a r e d e f i n e d as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r b e g i n s , it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled t i m e . A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f t h e s e m e s t e r . S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned c o u r s e s r e s u l t i n a grade o f F . C a n c e l l a t i o n o f c o u r s e s o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n the Registrar's Office. S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven c o u r s e s with C average a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 a s seniors. Probation and Dismissal A s t u d e n t may b e p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y : FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below below below below 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 o r 2 Fs having t a k e n 6 o r fewer courses o r 3 Fs having t a k e n 7-15 c o u r s e s having t a k e n 16-24 c o u r s e s having t a k e n 25 o r more c o u r s e s I f a s t u d e n t h a s been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more s e m e s t e r s c o n s e c u t i v e l y , h e i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end o f t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who has a p o o r academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y a d v i s e d t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f h e wishes t o do s o he may c o n t i n u e on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term. Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g t e r m w i l l n o t be automatic. Each c a s e w i l l b e reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t Standing. A s t u d e n t who has been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Grading Most c o u r s e s a r e graded on a s c a l e o f A, B , C , D , F w i t h f o u r grade p o i n t s f o r a grade o f A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C , one f o r D and z e r o f o r F . No f r a c t i o n a l courses a r e o f f e r e d . Most c o u r s e s a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, w i t h P meaning a grade o f C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s t h a n s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N g r a d i n g system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e grade p o i n t average, and n o c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d f o r a c o u r s e i n which t h e s t u d e n t r e c e i v e s a grade o f N . A f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t may t a k e up t o one course p e r s e m e s t e r on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system, b u t only two courses on P/N may b e allowed f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor w i t h approval of t h e department chairman . An incomplete grade ( I ) may b e given o n l y i n t h e c a s e o f an extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n w i t h t h e Committee on Admissions and Student S t a n d i n g s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must b e removed during t h e following semester. A grade o f X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course must b e completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade o f X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d . A course i n which a grade of F, D, N , I , o r X h a s been r e c e i v e d may b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second t i m e a r e counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t a v e r a g e . Courses i n which h i g h e r grades have been e a r n e d may n o t b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, b e audited. Courses i n Student Teaching a r e graded by P , D , o r N . General Information Credit by Examination S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations s h o u l d c o n s u l t w i t h department chairmen o r w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r b y comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore ....... 7 c o u r s e s . .......14 grade p o i n t s 32 grade p o i n t s J u n i o r . . . . . . . . . .16 c o u r s e s . S e n i o r ..........25 c o u r s e s ........50 grade p o i n t s ....... To be c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two s e m e s t e r s and one course d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l o f seven c o u r s e s ) . To b e c o n s i d e r e d f u l l t i m e f o r a s e m e s t e r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses. Courses A l l c o u r s e s have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d . A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 5 t o 6 q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r 3% t o 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 c o u r s e s i s r e q u i r e d f o r graduation. Most c o u r s e s meet f o r t h r e e s i x t y - m i n u t e p e r i o d s o r two n i n e t y minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each. s e m e s t e r i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h . Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making ch-anges i n course o f f e r i n g s . Courses w i t h i n a d e q u a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n may b e cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s . Numbering Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses ; t h o s e numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper d i v i s i . o n . I n g e n e r a l , c o u r s e s numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 4 0 0 ' s f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l o f t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course. Symbol Course may b e t a k e n w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r #. i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s . 26 Course Descriptions Descriptions of t h e courses offered i n 1973-74 a r e given on t h e following pages. See page 26 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 4 9 9 , p l u s 11 m u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n the U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n o n e o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f t h e o t h e r s ) . ELECTIVE COURSES A N D OPTIONS : History o f t h e United S t a t e s American S t u d i e s 231 H i s t o r y 221, 2 2 2 , 331, 332, 495 R e l i g i o n 363, 352 Li terature and F i n e Arts in tho Clr~ited S t a t e r American S t u d i e s 232 A r t 102 E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o S p e e c h 2 4 1 ) , 2 5 0 , 351, 4 2 3 , 490 Social Sciences i n t h e United S t a t e s Geography 114 E d u c a t i o n 4 7 8 , 488 P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325, 326, 3 4 2 , 370, 371 S o c i o l o g y 111, 231, 2 3 7 , 351, 383, 463 Economics 1 2 0 , 1 2 2 , 251, 453 TEACHINGMAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . Same a s a b o v e , p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n a r e a t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r . MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above g r o u p i n g s under m a j o r . 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e . g . , r e l i g i o n under s l a v e r y , churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l ) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERI CAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a l i m i t e d period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study of the approaches of various d i s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . P r a c t i c e i n t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l ) 4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E For d e s c r i p t i o n , see 295. l e v e l o f work. ( F a l l ) Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY One p r o j e c t o f an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Art P h i 1ip T h o m p s o n MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; 2 2 1 , 223, 2 2 5 , 350. - F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m 8 I t w o from 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 , 27 MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; one from 4 8 6 , 4 8 7 , 488; and two from 1 1 8 , 221 223, 225, 350. 1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine a r t s i n t h e urban and world s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . ( 3 one hour l e c t u r e s . Fall) 1 0 7 DRAWING Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media. and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Descriptive, experimental, 118 P A I N T I N G I Introduction t o painting media and technique. all, S p r i n g ) 2 2 1 SCULPTURE I Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , l e a d , wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I P r i n c i p l e s and methods of printmaking i n a v a r i e t y of media. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and p r a c t i c e of v i s u a l perception and communication using elements such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1 A study of v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , film, a d v e r t i s i n g symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography, and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 5 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 4 2 FILM-MAKING Film-making through p r a c t i c a l laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of t h e expressive and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . (Summer, I n t e r i m ) 3 5 0 CERAMICS I An introduction t o t h e making of p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 CERAMICS I 1 A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing techniques. (Prereq. : 350. F a l l , Spring) 355 PAINTING I 1 Advanced study o f painting. (Prereq. : 118. F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR P A I N T I N G Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1 Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq. : 223. F a l l , Spring) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , s t o n e , p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 1 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and Oriental s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. (Fall, Spring) Department Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , f o u r u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and o n e t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . MAJOR, O p t i o n 11: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and one t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 2 2 3 ( o r 351, 352) . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper division c o u r s e s . r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) . Also HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t w o b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; o n e summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n o n academic work i n b i o l o g y and o n d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . 101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r majors i n biology. Does n o t normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112 on consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , s p r i n g ) - 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY a A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function o f t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Fall f o r nurses o n l y ; Spring f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s o f microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . : Chemistry 103. Spring) 1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and population explcsion. L a b o r a t o p demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of tile C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m ) 1 1 1, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY For biology and o t h e r science majors. The course includes an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, g e n e t i c s , developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ; A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b i o l o g i c a l s c i e n c e . 112, Spring. 3 hours l e c t u r e ; 3 hours laboratory) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study d e a l i n g with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morpholog)l, e v o l u t i o n , d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( P r e r e q . : 112. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on recent advances i n human g e n e t i c s . Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Frereq .: 112. Spring) 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey o f t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . S p r i n g ) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An i n t r o d u c t a r y consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g 471, 474, 476. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 o r 352. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, c y t o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and biochemistry, and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Remmmended: C h e m i s t r y 223 or 3 5 1 , P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . Interim) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 351; and P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . F a l l ) 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e p h y s i o l o g i c a l and morphological changes which o c c u r d u r i n g t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e a n i m a l s . Experimental a s well a s d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e i n c l u d e d i n t h e l a b o r a t o r y work. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , p a t h o g e n i c i t y a r e c o n s i d e r e d as w e l l a s c e r t a i n methods. 3 hours laboratory. P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 3 5 1 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e s t u d y o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 361. S p r i n g ) 4 9 1 , 4 9 2 SEMINAR Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and r e s e a r c h . Topics may concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy o f s c i e n c e a s w e l l as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e . S e n i o r s majoring i n Biology and N a t u r a l S c i e n c e f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e r e q u i r e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e ( 3 hours c l a s s . Prereq. : 112, 491, F a l l ; 492, Spring) expected t o a t t e n d . 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an i n s t r u c t o r . ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and Intended f o r b i o l o g y majors. P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work. p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department of Business Fall, Interim, Spring) Administration, Business Education, and Economics Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 4 8 3 o r 4 8 4 . Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2 5 8 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g o n c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the t w o r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 , 484 i s recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s ~ d m i n i s t r a t i o n1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3,73, 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 . Economics 1'22, 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2.58 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and o n e o f 2 6 1 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 ; and o n e o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 ; a n d E c o n o m i c s 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and c o m p r e h e n s i v e o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c Accountants (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t have completed t h e major i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Accounting, t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics general c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics.) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed the above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d under the r u l e s o f the Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r graduation. 1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, c o s t c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. ( F a l l ) 1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives o f various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 101. S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm: sources and uses o f long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, c u r r e n t and long-term a s s e t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. ( P r e r e q : 262. S p r i n g ) . 3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and p o l i c y . Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High School Algebra. Fall) 1I ' ' 'A 381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control o f economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard c o s t systems, as well a s o t h e r quantative and behavioral topics. (Prereq. : 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income taxes f o r individuals and various forms o f business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d alternate years) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types o f s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( P r e r e q . : 261. F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e a r e a s o f Accounting, Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( INTERNSHIP PROGRAM) A student may r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. I n a d d i t i o n t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The s t u d e n t may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MAJOR: 12-14 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t required. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATIQN: SECRETAMAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1974-1975
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE Identification Objectives t h e Campus . . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g ... PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE ... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . The 4-1-4 Calen...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE Identification Objectives t h e Campus . . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g ... PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE ... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . The 4-1-4 Calendar Faculty General Education Majors Pre-Professional Training , Requirements I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study Honors Program Degrees .. . .. PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE .. ... S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l . Recreation Intercollegiate Religious L i f e Student S e r v i c e s Athletics Housing Food S e r v i c e MUSIP ... ... ... . .. ... PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID . . . E a r l y Decision . . . . . . Advanced ... The A p p l i c a t i o n Process Transfer E a r l y Admission Advanced Placement Standing F i n a n c i a l Aid ... ... PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP . I PAGE 19, EXPENSES . .. Expenses 1974- 75 Cost Summary S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts Refunds ... . . . Deposits . . . PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ... ... ... ... D i v i s i o n a l Organization Graduation Requirements Registration Probation and Dismissal Grading Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n C r e d i t by Examination Classification Courses Numbering . . Symbol ... ... ... ... ... . PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 90. INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e . Glossary of Terms T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e College. - - C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you. hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l . ACADEMIC.. COURSE.. MAJOR.. MINOR LOAN .. . . .The p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e . ..... . . A s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s "Community Development and Organization." Four courses a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January. . .......A c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a . majors i n 18 departments. Augsburg o f f e r s ..........A c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n t h e major. ELECTIVE.. FEE.. We ... . . A course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s dictate. ... .......Charges made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l . ...........Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. SEMESTER ... F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid. .......The College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks. . PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department. Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973 AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March, August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May, June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis, Minnesota. Introduction There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you both. The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose participation i n athletics. Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own education. A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e "4-1-4.1' I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t . Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and t h e Fighting Saints. Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College Identification Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f Christian higher education. The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan area. Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s . The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing artists. A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company. R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus. ( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.) History Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879. The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r . r Nature and Objectives Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s : t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g academic e x c e l l e n c e t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern city t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l , and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the Christian f a i t h . I Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society The Campus Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus. Visiting the Campus The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked Preferred t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181) times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n . . School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal and p r e p a r e a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having coffee. General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required) . In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see "Academic Administration" section. ) Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American S t u d i e s Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications E a s t Asian S t u d i e s Economics Economics /Business Administration Elementary Education English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro -Urban S t u d i e s Music N a t u r a l Science Philosophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology P h y s i c a l Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Work Sociology Spanish 1 Speech Theater A r t s Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted f o r f u r t h e r information. Pre-Professional Training Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r future professional study. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses. Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s , interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s , cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan campuses. These co-learning c l a s s e s CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e . The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems. Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co-learning courses. SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees. . Augsburg and COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI ) CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Aupsburg College. A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e three hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. International Study There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN), Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n . - ~ SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term. Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College. For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg . Degrees Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e requirements) Student Life Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your education. Social and Cultural Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s . The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center. There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s . Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Religious Life An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and staff attend voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning. A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s , a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower. This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y areas. Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s . West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms and b a t h . Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women. The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned. Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g i n College houses o r nearby apartments. The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations. Admission to the College and Financial Aid Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background. A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o s e e t h e campus. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor, along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester t o : Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn 55404 . 3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1 a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded. 5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College. 6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s . 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e . 2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f . Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes which a r e provided. 4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded. 5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College. 6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Early Decision An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. Early Admission An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r . Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed. Campus Guide West H a l l George Sverdrup Library Science H a l l Old Main Mortensen Tower and V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t ) Urness Tower The College Center The Quadrangle Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex Murphy Square Organ S t u d i o The Music Building S i Melby H a l l Speech and Drama Building E a s t H a l l (Band Building) A. B. F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required) S,tudent Parking (Permit Required) Offices Admissions (Science 156) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ) Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r ) A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128) Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r ) Business A f f a i r s (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 s t f l o o r ) Center f o r Student Development (Memorial 1 s t f l o o r ) College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor) Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r ) Advanced Standing College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg. Financial Aid About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information, c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College. Expenses Expenses TUITION - $2,115.00 T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00 T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00 I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d . A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course only. Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT For p a r t - t i m e REFUNDABLE A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15.00. Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00. Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer Science, $25 .OO Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 Student Teaching, $35.00 Improvement of Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) . Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students: $2 .OO o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e . Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room $1,161.00 P a r t i a l Board and Room $1,125.00 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) $ 801.00 5 Day Lunch Plan $ 234.00 In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract year. A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r noon lunch and dinners. The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'. A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides f i v e noon lunches p e r week. Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year. 1974-75 Cost Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00 Application Fee. Tuition ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . ) . . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00 Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 25.00 Board and Room Breakage (Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. - BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule: 100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s . 80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s . 70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges. In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Academic Administration Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s . The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s . Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College. 5. Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s . 6. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows (One course may meet one requirement only) : a. A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology. d. A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply. f. A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s . Divisional Organization The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Earl R. A l t o n Chairman : Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman : Norma C . Noonan Department o f Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department o f H i s t o r y Department of P o l i t i c a l Science Department o f Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman : E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography, L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education Department of Music HUMANITIES Chairman : P h i l i p A. Quanbeck Department of A r t Department o f E n g l i s h Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s Department of Religion Department o f Philosophy Registration A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r it. A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e defined as full-time students. Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days of t h e semester. S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s Office. S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s . Probation and Dismissal A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y : FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below below below below 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses having t a k e n 16-24 courses having t a k e n 25 o r more courses I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y , he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term. Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Grading Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as follows : 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0 .b Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s . Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course. Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s . Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course) . Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e grade p o i n t average. A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n . For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r . An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester. A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d . A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average. Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d . Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0, o r N. Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r . A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s . Graduation With Distinction Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows : Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 3.6 3.3 - 4.0 grade average 3.89 grade average - 3.59 grade average - General Information Credit by Examination S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations. Classification ....... .......... ........ Sophomore Junior Senior.. ........14 grade p o i n t s ........32 grade p o i n t s 7 courses 16 courses 25 c o u r s e s . . ..... .50 grade p o i n t s To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s . Courses A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n . Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h . Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d . Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s . Numbering Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course. Symbol Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r #. i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Course Descriptions American Studies Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages. See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) . ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS: H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s Amsrican S t u d i e s 231 H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495 R e l i g i o n 363, 352 L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232 A r t 102 E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490 S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s Geography 1 14 Education 478, 488 P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371 S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463 Economics 120, 122, 251, 453 TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n area t o be approved b y director. MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s under major. 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . (Fall) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today., e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores. all) 4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE For description, see 295. l e v e l of work. ( F a l l ) Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107. Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1 Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e all) and a r c h i t e c t u r e . 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. ( F a l l , Spring) Department of Biology Chairman : Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y (Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I ) P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352; Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major. . one c o u r s e from e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology, Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y , P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r Microbiology (Group V ) 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major. MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year. 101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) (Lecture 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring) 110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m ) 111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY 4\' For biology and o t h e r science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science. l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory. 111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution, d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . : 112. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics. Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 112. Spring) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m ) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l ) 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals. Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o t h e study v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, pathogenicity a r e considered 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and morphology, physiology, genetics, and as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 112, 367 o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.: 112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g ) 4 9 1 SEMINAR Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. : 112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer) Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g I n addition, c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended. c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . (392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.) In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 , 373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n . 101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. (Fall, Interim) 102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm: sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. ( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) l e c t u r e s , and case material. 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a . Fall) 3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral ( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g ) topics . . 3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r ) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261. Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 4 9 5 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MAJOR: 12-18 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e recommended. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108. ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALTZATION: MTNOR: or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219. Five courses i n Business Education. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 , 350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120. A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l education r e q u i r e m n t s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t ) The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting. (Interim) 1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c calculators. ( F a l l ) 1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m ) 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory, reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h school. Fall) 3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g , tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent. Spring) 3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or e q u i v a l ent Spring) . 3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr) 4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e , s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e . (Spring) 4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1 9 74-75) Economics MAJOR : ECONOMICS Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. COMBINED MAJOR: ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n , d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d . MINOR: Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n . E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t . 1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl'; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ; D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , Interim, Spring) 2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s . (Prereq.: 123. F a l l ) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks, t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r ) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g ) 4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. (Prereq.: #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chemistry Chairman: E a r l Alton GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r . AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e . T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n , n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp& a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r . P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<: DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s , and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352. 1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry. Fall) 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r 223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS First semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry, q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g ) h i g h school chemistry, 2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o biochemistry. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or 115. Spring) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g ) laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. 3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s : 3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y ) 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g ) 353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362, o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g ) 4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom. Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l ) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . 4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n d u r i n g t h e academic year. East Asian Studies T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s : Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t may a p p l y toward t h i s major. Department of Education Acting Chairman: Lauretta E . Pelton The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f the sophomore y e a r . Elementary Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111, and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic m a j o r i s recommended. 2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y ) Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g . Fall, Spring) 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring) 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY See under Secondary Education. 481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372. Fall, Spring) 4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of English Acting chairman: Ronald Palosaari MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s 250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320. E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course. 1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 219 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts (Spring) . 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 261 MODERN FICTION S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e . (Fall, Spring) 272 LITERARY CLASS1CS Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 43 II n 2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological, t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e . 3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English 1anguage (Spring) . 3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l ) 3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s , e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century. (Spring) 3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0 A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements. Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 6 7 MODERN POETRY Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, Fall) 3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 . 3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA See description under Scandinavian Studies 352. 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship Director. 4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h , American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t . Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e all, S p r i n g ) s t u d e n t ' s choice. Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences, however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N. French MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e . 0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No c r e d i t . Offered on demand. 1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed language and verb speaking advanced t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on all , Spring) placement. 1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on (Spring) advanced placement . 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l ) 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and (Spring) l i t e r a r y study i n French. 2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor. (Fall) 3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n (Fall) courses. 3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s . y e a r l y on demand) . 3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N : HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r Readings, r e p o r t s , i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness. extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976) 3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t ' promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 19 7 5 ) 3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) - 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works. Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1974-75. Offered a l t e r n a t e years) 3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( S p r i n g 1976-77. Offered every t h i r d year) 3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I g, etc.) , Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide, Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, 3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring 1975-76. Offered every t h i r d year) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g . Spring) 4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus, Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.) shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332, 354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year) A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac, 452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75. Offered e v e r y t h i r d year) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions) ( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l . Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411. i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e . 111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g . 112 F a l l , Spring) 21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g ) 2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l ) 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l ) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771 3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL - 1780 Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages, t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds. ( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976) 3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0 - 1890 Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977) 3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( F a l l 1975, 1977) 4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present. Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975) 4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g ) 2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y ) Linguistics 31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current 1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l grammar. ( S p r i n g ) 411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s : t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Scandinavian Area Studies Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . , courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l . Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language. 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work 1 112, S p r i n g ) expected. 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected. ( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Fall) ,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway. ( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Fall) 3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e ) 3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge j m d miltors w i l l bc of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. (Spring) 3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975) 4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354. ( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended) MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e . ( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l , Spring; 112, Spring) 2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language, supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g ) 2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l ) 31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. Fall) 3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1 A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e . Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l 1974, 1976. 353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e . and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g ) 4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period. (Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977) 4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: MAJOR: Donald Gustafson 8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar. A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s : A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level. S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f end o f the f i r s t t e r m c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e MINOR: 3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t ) a f a c u l t y conwittee. 5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n . S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300) b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be t a k e n i n sequence. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g ) 1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l ) 2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7 An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal, and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l ) 3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring) 3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th Centuries. 3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C. The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75) 3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D. A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75) 3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0 A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76) 4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4 A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period. An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y . (Fall) 4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring) 4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and Indonesia. ( F a l l ) 4 6 4 MODERN CHINA The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75) A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839. 4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76) 4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes (Fall) . 4 9 5 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . ( F a l l , Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. Department of Mathematics Chairman: Dean Gulden MAJOR: - 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325. M s : 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s , Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1 Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring) 124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11 Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with of several variables d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w and s e r i e s with applications primarily from *$Peal sciences. Primarily f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l ) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l ) 21 1 NUMBER THEORY A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975, alternate years) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g ) 2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern elementary s c h & -tics c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g ) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e , 224. F a l l ) e.: 3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups, rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l ) 315 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ] 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1 A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions, improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 324, Spring; 325, F a l l ) 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t . 4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra, including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. ( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324. Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 5 4 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t registration. Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m ) Medical Technology This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital, Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical Technology adviser. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353. Metro-Urban Studies Director: J o e l S. Torstenson 1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study. MAJOR: The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102; B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360; S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s , b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l . To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology, r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . * The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d . Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karl& MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365 o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457, 458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education. . . . . . . 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y (1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year. Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 ) a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s . A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year. A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s . A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests. A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano proficiw@# ' o n b y t h e end o f the year. I t i n c l u d e s : i n v e r s i o n s , played two (a) majw. minor s c a l e s w i t h r er and w i t h correct a t moderate s p e e d and o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3 from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi* qd.+sical sonata; ( c ) a Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade. One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory. &ece*, During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s . TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: & sew$& b'da m* a A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e , #a r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 ) s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when convenient. 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g , harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s . (Fall) 2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s . (Spring) 3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. (Fall) 3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring) 3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Fall) 3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Spring) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall) 4 5 7 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l ) 4 5 8 CONDUCTING Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l ) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700. ( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano. Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Piano Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor. Organ Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control, f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student, but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Choir Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s . Concert Band ~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r . Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s . MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s . I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112. be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s . The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223 and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361. - In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d . In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department. NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y . MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344. HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the o f t h e philosophy faculty. j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t . C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirement. 1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates, P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 0 ETHICS Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 3 0 LOGIC The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110. 2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11: (Fall, Spring) MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . , and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g ) 3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r course: 241, 242. Fall) 3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy, pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241, 242, 343. S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75) 3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76) 3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344. F a l l , 1974-75) 3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e i n science. F a l l , 1975-76) 3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h . ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75) 3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 344. F a l l , 1975-76) 4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o , Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #. 1975-76) 4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r 1974-75) course i n philosophy. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Physical Education and Health Education Chairman: E . W. Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472. 223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572. 10 courses. 111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485, 491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y course are a l s o required. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 5 courses. 111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243. 1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. 5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n (PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499 Independent Study) C@lWENG EN-PIT: m&hg. - Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s . Physical Education 102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body. (Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105. Spring) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n physical education. ( S p r i n g ) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid. C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d . (Prereq.: Fall) 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fa11 ) 472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately. (Fall) 482 COACHING OF SPORTS Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . (Interim) 4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y . and administration of neuromuscular re-education. Includes general p r i n c i p l e s ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School on1 y) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education. majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y ) Open only t o Health Education 1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e individual and t h e community. ( F a l l ) 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses. American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring) Also includes ( F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program. (Fall) Department of Physics Chairman: Theodore Hanwick MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 . 1 0 1 ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made of n 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , 3-inch Quostar. Spring1 1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics, wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s . Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Fall) 121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1 A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s , e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s . R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 122, F a l l ) 2 6 1 ELECTRONICS A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 224. Fall) 2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 122. Spring) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1 A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems, c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g ) 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1 The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g ) 3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and 1 seminar hour p e r week. Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring) 4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 351. S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l ) 4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u . P r e r e q . : 486. Spring) Department of Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a . MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e 3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e department. * The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and Analysis. (Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . ) - Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 . The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n . For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s Schedule. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S 1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s . (Fall, Spring) 3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #) 3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development, s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No prerequisite) 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR (Offered i n non-election years. description) See note under 326. See Section 11 for 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section I V for description) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 (Offered alternate years. 11. See Section I V for description) COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS 15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of contemporary i s s u e s . 3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . course i n Political Science or #) (Prereq.: One 3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice, including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system. (Offered on demand. Prereq. : #) I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L POLITICS 160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign (Spring) policy . 361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years. ) V. P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES (See Section 11 for description) 3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11 Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t , anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s (Offered alternate years .) appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . 3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. ) 3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand) 2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study f o r Interim, Spring) lower division students. (Prereq. : #. Fall, 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t . Fall, Interim, Spring) (Prereq.: #. 4 9 5 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student. (Prereq. : # Fall, Interim, Spring) . Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane Johnson MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman. Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481, 498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n 355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y , should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105. HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5 grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program. A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year. 1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n ( F a l l , Spring) major sub-areas. 3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult. Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods of l i f e . (Preraq. : 3 5 1 . Spring),, 3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY .. .. I A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall) 3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . Spring) 3 5 7 LEARNING Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 MEASUREMENT Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 6 1 PERSONALITY Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y . ( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l ) 3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research. ( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g ) 3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.: 105. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g ) 3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. General Education requirement. ) (Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g ) 4 9 3 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 9 8 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association. C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.: S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology. Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: P h i l i p A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363, 471-475, 481-484. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department. MINOR: 5 courses. R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n requirements. 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l , Spring) 221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents. The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy. 3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s . all) 3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75) 3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1 The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church. (Fall) 3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic Fathers through Augustine . 3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin Luther and o t h e r representative figures. (Fall) 3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing culture. (Fall) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l ) 4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s writings. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 5 JUDAISM A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l ) 4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring) 4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g ) Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s . A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495). B . BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS 1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2 courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses i n Non-Western 2 courses i n h i s t o r y and 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Religion 353; Philosophy s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440, P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499; 355. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495; Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s , t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. Department of Sociology and Social Work Sociology Chairman: J o e l Torstenson MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300 and above) 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) 1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n sociology. ( S p r i n g ) 2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS: COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought, magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 362, 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s . S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ; h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra. Fall, Spring) 3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency, v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g . Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n . Spring) Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 . Spring) 3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION - A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth; and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring) 3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y ) c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g . 3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 105. Fall) Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s . ( P r e r e q . : #) 4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y , i n c l u d i n g 121. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r . of instructor. (Prereq. : 121, permission Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Paul T. Steen MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring. CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384; S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861 8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) . (one The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325 326; Psychology 351 352 (may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362 375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l Work 257 357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231 and 232. - or and 2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m ) 3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework, group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l ) 3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work. (Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g ) 3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY * A summer work experience of t e n weeks o r longer i n a service-giving r o l e through assignment as an employed s t a f f o r full-time volunteer member i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Special opportunity t o consider career aspects of s o c i a l work. Reflective, a n a l y t i c a l reports and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminars required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently but not required. (summer) 3 5 8 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK-STUDY I N SOCIAL SERVICES To be taken concurrently with 357. With f a c u l t y approval a t o p i c i s s e l e c t e d f o r independent study r e l a t i n g t o t h e work experience. Study t o be reported i n a major paper of high q u a l i t y . (Sunrmer) 4 6 1 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY I N SPECIAL AREAS Students placed f o r refinement of p r a c t i c e s k i l l s i n programs serving s p e c i a l groups such as aging, mental r e t a r d a t i o n , t h e chemically dependent, o r youth subculture. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e . Not open t o students taking 463. (Prereq.: 353. F a l l ) 4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l planning, and s o c i a l action. F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s p e r week. Two l e c t u r e periods p e r week, plus e i t h e r (a) f o r majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d experience; o r (b) f o r non-majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d experience o r an approved plan f o r independent work i n community study o r planning. Not open t o students taking 461. (Prereq.: #. F a l l ) 4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK Responsibilities assigned as a professional s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students s e l e c t e d f o r stipended positions. 12 t o 20 hours p e r week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and major Spring) . Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson COMMUNICATIQN MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 o r 352, 354, 487 and E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t n o t c o u n t i n g toward t h e major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y required. The communication m a j o r i s a f l e x i b l e i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y program which g l l o w s f o r d i f f e r e n t emphases -- j o u r n a l i s m , a d v e r t i s i n g and p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s , r a d i o t e l e v i s i o n - f i l m , human r e l a t i o n s , and s u p e r v i s o r y management. Program g u i d e s f o r e a c h a r e a a r e a v a i l a b l e from the Department Chairman o r the O f f i c e o f Admissions. P r o s p e c t i v e m a j o r s s h o u l d c o n t a c t the department a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e t o work o u t a plan f o r the major and a personal c a r e e r a c t i o n p l a n . Freshmen s h o u l d t a k e Speech 111, Psychology 1 0 5 , S o c i o l o g y 111, and Philosophy 130. COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses SPEECH MAJOR FOR-TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 232, 2 4 1 , 351 o r 352, 3 5 5 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 476. A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a m a j o r i n ~ n b l i s hi f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s required. SPEECH.MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 c o u r s e s . For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351 orL352, 3 T , ' - - 3 L 0 ; 3 6 6 ; c o u r s e 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n , THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 232, 360, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be counted toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y a n E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l c o u r s e s i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama. Freshmen p l a n n i n g t o m a j o r i n t h e a t e r a r t s s h o u l d t a k e c o u r s e s 111, 1 1 6 , and 228. Experience requirement f o r t h e a t e r a r t s majors: Experience i s required i n f o u r o u t o f the f i v e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : a c t i n g , set c o n s t r u c t i o n and p a i n t i n g , l i g h t and s o u n d , c o s t u m e , h o u s e management. Majors s h o u l d t a k e p a r t i n dramatic productions during a l l four years. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , t h r e e i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f h o n o r s q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f the communication a r t s , comprehensive e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the s e n i o r y e a r . Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y education. 1 11 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . (Fall, Spring) 116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and p r a c t i c e i n s t o r y t e l l i n g and c r e a t i v e dramatics. Recommended f o r p a r i s h workers and elementary school teachers. ( F a l l ) Construction, painting, and o t h e r aspects of scenery preparation. students. ( F a l l ) Open t o a l l 2 3 2 ACTING An introduction t o t h e a r t of acting. P r a c t i c a l work i n pantomime and improvisation; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of f i l m as an a r t form; major developments i n f i l m h i s t o r y ; analysis of s i g n i f i c a n t films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than t e c h n i c a l elements. (Spring) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY A study o f t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with emphasis on t h e i r r o l e i n s o c i e t y . of P o l i t i c a l Science. ( S p r i n g ) See a l s o description under Department 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of l o g i c i n p u b l i c speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of g r e a t speeches; p r a c t i c a l work i n speech w r i t i n g . ( S p r i n g ) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. ( S p r i n g ) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; p r i n c i p l e s and types of discussion; p r a c t i c e i n .discussion techniques. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic p r i n c i p l e s of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e . prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l ) P r a c t i c e i n reading 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction t o h i s t o r y of t h e t h e a t e r and t o t h e o r i e s of drama and dramatic production. ( F a l l ) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e d i r e c t i o n with laboratory exercises i n planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open t o upper d i v i s i o n students on 1y (Spring) . 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e l i g h t i n g and scene design. 228 or #. Spring) (Prereq. : 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech. introduction t o p r i n c i p l e s and methods of speech c o r r e c t i o n . ( S p r i n g ) An 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Cooperative i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t o p i c s i n speech and communication theory. (Fall) 487 FIELD EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper o r o t h e r publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication occupations. ( P r e r e q . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , Spring) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected t o p i c s i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use of primary sources and methodology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r . * ( F a l l , Spring) Total Student Enrollment . . .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... 1,773 359 Academic Year, 1972-1973, Summer Session, 1973 Summary of Graduates ................ Graduates, 1870-1972 Graduates, 1973 (September 1, 1972 - May 20, 1973) . 5,434 260 Faculty RUTH AASKOV, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND AGRE, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organic Chemistry) *WARREN A N , A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Lower Brass) EARL ALTON, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Michigan (Physical Chemistry and I n o r g a n i c Chemistry), Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education and Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Psychology) . BARBARA ANDERSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (English Education) ERNEST ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET J . ANDERSON, L i b r a r i a n , I n s t r u c t o r , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, P r e s i d e n t of t h e College, B . D . 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L. L . D . 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E . ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MICHAEL J . ARNDT, I n s t r u c t o r of S p e e c h / ~ r a m a , B.A. 1968, Augsburg College, (Theater Arts D i r e c t o r ) KENNETH C . BAILEY, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean of t h e College, Ph. D. 1960, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Philosophy) *VALERIA B . BALTINA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, U n i v e r s i t y of L a t v i a (German and Russian) JOHN E . BENSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1967, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f Religion) *ROBERT E . BEVERLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Woodwind) *JAMES BILLINGS, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Health Economics) VERN BLOOM, D i r e c t o r of t h e Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal J u s t i c e Studies) WILLIAM CARIS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa (Head F o o t b a l l Coach) JAMES CARLSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, Ph.D. 1972, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Concert Band) *NELSON CARR, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Brass) CARL H . CHRISLOCK, P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1955, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (American History) BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, P r e s i d e n t Emeritus, Ph D. 1929, H a r t f o r d Seminary Foundation *L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1935, R a d c l i f f e College (Chaucer) ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate P r o f e s s o r , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa ( D i r e c t o r of t h e S o c i a l Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Speech, M.A. 1949, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Theater Arts) (Has a dog t h a t o f t e n v i s i t s t h e campus) . K . BERNER DAHLEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e ) F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke U n i v e r s i t y JOHN C . DAWSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program) (Enjoys music, summer s p o r t s and p o l i t i c s ) BEVERLY C. DURKEE, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, Ph. D . 1972, Arizona S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Teaching of Mathematics) GRACE B . DYRUD, P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Learning) *EDGAR E . EKLOF, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music, M . M . 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice) *ROBERT ENGELSON, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Choral Club, B . A . 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N . ERICKSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Space Physics) *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach SHELDON FARDIG, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Human R e l a t i o n s i n Education) NORMAN B . L . FERGUSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin ( P h y s i o l o g i c a l Psychology) HENRY G . FOLLINGSTAD, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Complex Analysis) (Enjoys w r i t i n g n o n - f i c t i o n ) BURTON P . FOSSE, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management, B . B . A . and B . M . E . 1949, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t , M.A. 1970, Penn S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Visual Communications) MARK FUEHRER, I n s t r u c t o r of Philosophy, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy) (Enj oys f e n c i n g , c l a s s i c a l s t u d i e s and Renaissance a r t ) *WALTER FUNMAKER, I n s t r u c t o r of Indian S t u d i e s , B.A. 1967, C a l i f o r n i a S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y a t Los Angeles STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph . D . 1966, U n i v e r s i t y o f Chicago (Human Development) BRUCE L . GILDSETH, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of Admissions, Ph. D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Modern European H i s t o r y ) ( C o l l e c t s books and r a i s e s roses) *ROBERT GRAMS, I n s t r u c t o r of Sociology, B . A . 1969, Augsburg College DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Algebra), Department Chairman (Spends weekends p l u s t h e e n t i r e summer i n t h e North Woods) DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph. D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Modern World H i s t o r y ) , Department Chairman ARLIN E . GYBERG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry) (Enjoys b a s k e t b a l l , f i s h i n g , p a d d l e b a l l and s o f t b a l l . Active i n p r o f e s s i o n a l education and p r o f e s s i o n a l chemistry) . LEIF E . HANSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , M.A. 1950, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Norwegian) (Sometimes a s s o c i a t e s w i t h Swedes. Spends summers as language camp d i r e c t o r ) THEODORE J . HANWICK, P r o f e s s o r of P h y s i c s , Ph.D. 1950, New York U n i v e r s i t y (Astronomy and O p t i c a l Physics) Department Chairman MILDA HEDBLOM, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, M.A. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Mass P a r t i c i p a t i o n and P o l i t i c a l Communication) *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r , L. L . B . 1961, W i l l i a m M i t c h e l l College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1930, H a r t f o r d Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE A . HENNIG, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.A. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Voice) DAINA HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Economics) ROBERT S. HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Microbiology and Developmental Biology) NORMAN D. HOLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f A r t , M.F.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa ( S c u l p t u r e ) HOLGER HOLMEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ed. D . 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Missouri (School and S o c i e t y ) JOHN R. HOLUM, P r o f e s s o r o f Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organic Chemistry) ERVIN INNIGER, I n s t r u c t o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, B .S. 1967, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( B a s k e t b a l l Coach) VALIJA JAUNLININS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German) * I . KHIN KHIN JENSEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Asian H i s t o r y ) MILDRED V. J O E L , P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Registrar) DUANE E . JOHNSON, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Development a 1 Psychology) Department Chairman EINAR 0 . JOHNSON, P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y o f Washington, Chairman o f t h e Department o f Education GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Development, B.S. E . 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska and B . D. 1959, Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.S. 1958, J u i l l i a r d School o f Music (Piano) MARY E . JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Languages, M.A. 1950, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (French) ROBERT KARLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Scandinavian Music, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg O r c h e s t r a ) , Department Chairman *SYLVIA KERR, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Zoology) *JAMES KINCANNON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph .D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, A s s i s t a n t Prcifessor o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury C o l l e g e (Spanish) BERNHARDT J . KLEVEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1941, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota BOYD KOEHLER, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r . M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B. S. B . 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Auditing) *LORA LINDGREN, I n s t r u c t o r o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l Education, M. S. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Wyoming LORRAINE K . LIVINGSTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e and C r e a t i v e Writing) GERTRUDE S . LUND, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Business Education, M.A. 1951, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Enjoys t r a v e l i n g ) ORLIN L. MANDSAGER, College P a s t o r and L e c t u r e r i n Religion, B . D . 1961, Luther Theological Seminary "KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M . B . A . 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan ( S t a t i s t i c a l Methods i n Finance) MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *MARIE 0. McNEFF, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r Education, Ed.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Enjoys bargain-hunting) DIANA LEE METZKER, I n s t r u c t o r i n Music, M.A. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organ, Piano, Theory) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( F i e l d Biology and Human Biology) (Spends h i s Sundays preaching) *SHEROD MILLER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l communication) (Enjoys s a i l b o a t i n g and gardening) JOHN R . MITCHELL, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Tennessee (Modern Poetry and Cinema) (Chief academic and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t s i n c l u d e f i l m s t u d i e s and film-making, p o e t r y and c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g , p a i n t i n g , Jungian psychology and dream a n a l y s i s , African l i t e r a t u r e , e l e c t r o n i c music, t e n n i s , c r o s s country s k i i n g , archaeology) *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n A r t , LL.D. 1944, U n i v e r s i t y of T a r t u , E s t o n i a ( S t a i n e d Glass) GERDA MORTENSEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y (Commissioner and Executive S e c r e t a r y f o r t h e Norsemen's F e d e r a t i o n ; S e c r e t a r y of t h e Executive Committee o f t h e Norwegian-American 19 75 S e s q u i c e n t e n n i a l A s s o c i a t i o n f o r t h e Midwest) *KATSUYOSHI NAKAMURA, I n s t r u c t o r o f Foreign Languages, M. A. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Greek) (Enjoys e x e r c i s e s i n a l l a s p e c t s - p h y s i c a l , mental and s p i r i t u a l ) ARTHUR NASH, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota EDOR C . NELSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Chicago ( E t h i c s and S o c i e t y ) RICHARD C . NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Ancient History) "CATHERINE NICHOLL, Adjunct A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota GRIER NICHOLL, Associate P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) NORMA C . NOONAN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y (Comparative P o l i t i c s , S o v i e t P o l i t i c s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l R e l a t i o n s ) Department Chairman (Has t r a v e l e d e x t e n s i v e l y through t h e U.S. S. R . , E a s t e r n and Western Europe. Enjoys music, r e a d i n g and gardening; a c t i v e i n p o l i t i c s . DOUGLAS J . OLLILA, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f R e l i g i o n , Th.D. 1963, Boston U n i v e r s i t y ( R e l i g i o n i n America) ESTHER J . OLSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Theater Arts) JOHN T. O'MALLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1971, Mankato S t a t e College (Accounting) *WILLIAM OYLER, I n s t r u c t o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German) "VALERIE PACE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Sociology, B.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa (American C i v i l i z a t i o n ) RONALD G . PALOSAARI, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f English, Ph.D. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) Acting Department Chairman. (Likes r a c k e t b a l l , t e n n i s , conversation and f i l m s ) "PATRICIA PARKER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Library Science, M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan KERMIT E . PAULSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Physics, M.S. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin-Madison (Nuclear Radiation Physics) ANNE PEDERSON, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1945, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota LAU&TTA PELTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette U n i v e r s i t y (Teacher Competencies) (Likes a r t c r a f t s , music, out door camping with s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n water s p o r t s and t r a v e l ) WAR&N L . PERSONS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Mathematics, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Point S e t Topology) LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.A. 1953, Montana S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Cross country s k i i n g , camping, mus i c) JOYCE PFAFF, I n s t r u c t o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota. (Works with t h e mentally r e t a r d e d ; spends weekends s k i i n g . ) MARTIN QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota PHILIP A . QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, P r i n c e t o n Theological Seminary, Department Chairman of Religion BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f k l i g i o n , E x i s t e n t i a l i s m ) Department Chairman (Enjoys camping and t r a v e l ) STEVEN F. REUTER, I n s t r u c t o r of Education, M.Ed. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Antique c o l l e c t o r ) *JOHN F. RILEY, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Religion, Ph.D. 1964, C a t h o l i c U n i v e r s i t y of America (Contemporary C a t h o l i c Theology) GUNTA ROZENTALS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Spanish) PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t (Film-Making) . EDWARD M. SABELLA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Economics, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman (Theory, P u b l i c Finance, Urban) "KATHRYN SANDQUIST, I n s t r u c t o r o f Music, B.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Piano) RICHARD B . SARGENT, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f English, B. A. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f North C a r o l i n a (Shakespeare, Drama, Renaissance L i t e r a t u r e ) LELAND B , SATEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Choir) *IRENE SCHILLING, L i b r a r i a n I , M.A. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Library Science) EDWIN J . SAUGESTAD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. MAY0 SAVOLD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.Mus.Ed. 1963, MacPhail School o f Music *RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1960, Hebrew Union College (Judaism) MARJORIE H . SIBLEY, Head L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1943, U n i v e r s i t y of I l l i n o i s and M.A. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota *DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching A s s i s t a n t i n Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Religion, D.Th. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Heidelberg (Contemporary Theology) PAUL T. STEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( S o c i a l Welfare) (Active i n mental r e t a r d a t i o n s e r v i c e s and aging p r o j e c t s of t h e community) *CARROLL I . STEIN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organizational Psychology) DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (German, L i n g u i s t i c s ) Department Chairman MYLES C . STENSHOEL, P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y of Colorado ( C o n s t i t u t i o n a l Law, P o l i t i c a l Theory) GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1968, M . A . 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph. D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Nebraska (Genetics) Department Chairman PHILIP J . THOMPSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of A r t , M.F.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa ( P a i n t i n g ) Department Chairman *RICHARD THONI, I n s t r u c t o r of Psychology, B . A . 1966, S t . Olaf College (Personality) NEAL 0 . THORPE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Biochemistry and Biomedical Research) JOHN THUT, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, I n s t r u c t o r Emeritus, B .Mus . 1927, American Conservatory of Mus i c JOEL S. TORSTENSON, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Metro-Urban Sociology), Department Chairman ERLING J . URDAHL, P r o f e s s o r of Biology, M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( P l a n t Biology and I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology) *EUGENE VUICICH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1967, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( I n s t r u m e n t a l Music, D i r e c t o r of t h e S t r i n g Ensemble) ANTHONY WAGNER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of S o c i o l o g y / S o c i a l Work, M.S.W. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, A s s i s t a n t R e g i s t r a r , B.S. 1958, S t . Cloud S t a t e College *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, L e c t u r e r i n A r t , M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Elementary A r t Methods) *MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) DAVID C. WOOD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Eighteenth Century L i t e r a t u r e , Journalism) * Part-time Personnel Administration President ..................... Finance and Management Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management Controller D i r e c t o r of P l a n t S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r o f Food S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r of Data Processing D i r e c t o r of A u x i l i a r y S e r v i c e s Manager o f t h e Book S t o r e Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . Burton P . Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a r l Stromer . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Pederson . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . I r v i n g Hoe1 Academic A f f a i r s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean o f t h e College Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs Registrar Assistant Registrar Head L i b r a r i a n D i r e c t o r of Audio V i s u a l S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r o f MUSIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth ....... .. .... ... . . . . . . . . C.. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred J o e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie S i b l e y . . . . . . . . . . . . Larry Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . John C . Dawson Development and College R e l a t i o n s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Ucvelopment D i r e c t o r of Deferred ~ i v i n ~ D i r e c t o r of Development D i r e c t o r o f Alumni and P a r e n t s Programs D i r e c t o r o f College R e l a t i o n s Manager o f P u b l i c a t i o n s Manager of t h e News Bureau O f f i c e Manager . . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . S i g v a l d Hj elmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Tes low . . . . . . . . J e r o y Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steven J . V i t e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J e r r y Foley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I r e n e Steenson Student A f f a i r s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of Admissions D i r e c t o r of t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development D i r e c t o r of Student Development Resources D i r e c t o r o f Residence Programs D i r e c t o r of Career Planning and Placement D i r e c t o r of Student Programs D i r e c t o r o f F i n a n c i a l Aid D i r e c t o r o f Admissions Associate D i r e c t o r o f Admissions A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r o f Admissions Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor Coordinator of Black Student A f f a i r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bruce L. G i l d s e t h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander . . . . . . . Richard Thoni . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cindy Marsh . . . . . . . . P a t Olsson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J o e l Mugge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Becker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dave Benzel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cene Carlson . . . . , T e r r y H. Addison, Jr. Index ...... ........... AcademicAdministration 22 Academic L i f e 7 Accreditation 6 Administration 89 Admission t o t h e College 15 Advanced Placement 16 Advanced Standing 18 American S t u d i e s 27 Anthropology 76 A r t . Department of 28 Bachelor of Music Degree 11. 57 Biology. Department of 29 Board. Cost of 20 Business Administration . . . . . . 32 Business Education 34 Calendar 7 Campus 6 CampusMap 17 Chemistry. Department of . . . . . 37 Classification 26 Communications 79 Computer Science 56 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) 9 C o r r e c t i v e Therapy . . . . . . 10. 6 3 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 26 Course Desdriptions 27 C r e d i t by Examination 26 Degrees 11 D i v i s i o n a l Organization . . . . . . 23 East Asian S t u d i e s 39 Economics 35 Education. Department of . . . . . 40 Education. Elementary . . . . . . . 40 Education. Secondary 41 English. Department of 43 Enrollment 82 Expenses 19 Faculty .7. 83 F i n a n c i a l Aid 18 F i n a n c i a l Information 20 Five College Cooperative . . . . . 8 Food S e r v i c e 14 French 45 Foreign Languages 45 Full-Time Student Defined 26 General Education Requirements 7 Geography 42 German 48 Grading 24 Graduates (1870-19 73) 82 Summary o f 82 Graduation Requirements 22 . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . ..... .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... . . . ...... ...... ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ...... .......... ......... . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... .............. . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. .............. ....... ........... ...... .. ....... .. .... ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... . . . . . Graduation With D i s t i n c t i o n 25 Greek 49 Health Education 63. 65 H i s t o r y o f Augsburg College 4 History. Department of 52 Honors Program 11 Housing 13 Identification 4 I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs 8 Intercollegiate Athletics 12 I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study 10 Journalism 43 Library Science 42 Linguistics 49 Location 4 Majors 8 Mathematics. Department of 54 Medical Technology 9. 56 Metro-Urban S t u d i e s 56 Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) 14 Music. Department o f 57 Nature and O b j e c t i v e s 5 N a t u r a l Science 60 Numbering of Courses 26 Pers onne 1 89 Philosophy. Department of 61 P h y s i c a l Education 63 Physics. Department of 65 P o l i t i c a l Science. Department of 67 Pre-Professional Training 8 Probation and Dismissal 24 Psychology. Department of 70 Recreation 12 Refunds 21 Registration 24 Religion. Department o f 72 Religious L i f e 12 Room Costs 20 Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s 50 S o c i a l Science Majors 75 S o c i a l Work 78 Sociology. Department of 76 Spanish 51 Speech. Department of 79 Student L i f e 12 Student S e r v i c e s 12 Summer School 9. 10 Symbol (#) 26 T h e a t e r Arts 80 Transfer 15 T u i t i o n and Fees 19 V i s i t i n g t h e Campus 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .......... ... ..... ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ........ .... . . .... . ...... ...... ...... .. . .... .. .... .... .... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ...... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . ...... .......... . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . .......... ..... . . . . . . . . . . ....... .......... ......... . . . . . . . . .......... .......... . . . . . . . . . . ......... ........
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1975-1976
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: augsburg college minneapolis, minnesota This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change wit...
Show more augsburg college minneapolis, minnesota This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Table of contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 11, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 16, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 19, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 21, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 22, EXPENSES PAGE 25, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 29, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 30, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 86, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 87, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 94, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 96, INDEX Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in thiscatalog may be unfamiliarto you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE,, . . , , , . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during thl? interim in January. . MAJOR . , . . . . . . . . . . .. . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 18 departments. MINOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major ELECTIVE.. . . .. . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE.. . , . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN.. . . , , . .. . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP.. . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. .. . . , .. . . . .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE.. . .. . . ., A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. There are few colleges that combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of these few, very special colleges that can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at avariety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are avital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government for the purpose of overseeing, stimulating and perpetuating religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is not selfserving nor self-sustaining, but is that of furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. . You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude for you to design much of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The College follows the calendar known as the "4-1 -4," In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from 35 majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is in the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities are available to enrich your education. You may choose an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the newly renovated Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available-the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Buckskins. Thus, Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body, and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1969 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis - St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The current student body of over 1500 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 50% are resident students, while others commute daily from the greater metropolitan area. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) Location History Your education wil.1benefit from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations are provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, and Chimera Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety of ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding of the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities of character compatible with the Christian faith. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in a number of associations that set standards by which excellence is judged. Among the associations that recognize Augsburg are: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society The Campus Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 15 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus. Visiting the Campus T h e purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange for a tour and an interview are asked t o write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and t o attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome t o visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. </ * ', - +..' \ - \--+-' - r , . :- I \ . . , .. , '. \ - - . . . , - I ' ., .* J' . . . , d. 4. Science Hall 5. Old Main 6. Mortensen Tower 7 . Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. The Quadrangle 10 Memorial Hall 1 1 Art Studio and Art Annex 12. Music Hall 13 SI Melby Hall 14. Augsburg College Ice Arena 15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) 16. East Hall 17. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center - Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) A. Faculty-Staff Park~ng B. Student Parking ..2 -f Offices ?-.I Adm~ssions(628 21st Ave. S ) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-V~sual(Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Programs (Science 156) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) College Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Sc~ence32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memor~al2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) d. - < Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Science 156) Little Theater (Speech Building) MUSIP (Memorial 1st floor) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Nursing Director (Memorial 1st floor) Personnel Office (Science 135) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Publications (NOW series) (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 135) S.O,S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 1 1 1) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern, well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg aims to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to the interests and abilities of each person. opportunities for those interested in communications. No matter what your interest, the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. Faculty Augsburg has an able and dedicated faculty who take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 17.8 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They know students by their first name and often join students in discussing the political climate, reactions to the latest visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim there is concentration on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this break in the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would choose many of them even if they were not required. In the humanities division, students select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are available. Proficiency in English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required as well as physical education activities. (For details, see "Academic Administration" section.) Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications East Asian Studies Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing (tentative, Fall, 1975) Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Other majors are available through the Five College Cooperative student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be consulted for further information. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that re- ' quirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutes in the Twin Cities areaon several programs. FIVE COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. Students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to do this to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or because a specific course is not offered on the home campus. Because these colleges have coordinated calendars, the interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of 12 colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. All take coursesfor credit from Augsburg. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison and Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a halfway house rehabilitation center). One purpose of the classes, which are offered by several departments, is to get a first-hand view of the prisons and hospitals, and to personalize the study by actually interacting with inmates and their problems. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL. Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive instruction in biology, chemistry, English, psychology, and sociology at Augsburg. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made directly to the hospital. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two years at Washington University. Each year the Conservation of Human Resources office at Augsburg holds tuitionraising benefits to help pay for inmates' matriculation in these co-learning courses. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar is coordinated with that of Concordia College in St. Paul. Students who enroll may select courses on either campus. Two sessions are offered each summer. Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. Opportunities for Study Abroad There are several types of international experience available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; The University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program Some special accelerated course sections are available to freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of all class years, interdisciplinary honors seminars are offered each term. Several departments of the College offer programs through which the student can earn honors in the major. The opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest is available throughout the College. For students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary to meet the student's needs and interests. Addi- tional information on the honors program is available upon request from the Honors Program Director at Augsburg. available with avariety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Degrees The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburg's college-wide program. It provides students in all fields of study with the opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Your experiences in the classroom are major influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and opportunities. Whether as a resident student or commuter, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg adds dimension to your education. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, avariety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in theTwin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, big name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center. ation. An intramural program provides competition in avariety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's Intercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and tennis. Religious Life. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour regularly. The String Ensemble, the Choral Club, the Jazz Ensemble, and several studentorganized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. Chapel services are held four times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily. Recreation Student Sewices Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relax- The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and academic counseling and consultation on questions of academic procedure, financial problems, student activities, and residence halls. The Center for Student Development also provides avariety of programs focusing around the themes of interpersonal identity, careerlifestyle planning, and utilizing the educational environment. Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student Development staff. All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. The faculty takes both a scholastic and personal interest in students. Secondary Education students may desire a second adviser: one in the major and one in the area of education. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Housing Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. Most new freshmen and many upperclassmen live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story highrise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the greater campus area. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. An optional rental linen service is available to students in residence halls and annex housing units. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June30 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 30 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $25 breakage and fine deposit when they sign the housing contract. The fee is refunded upon graduation, transfer to another institu- tion, or discontinuing the educational program at Augsburg if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan living in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides avariety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. didates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its educational programs, student personnel services, financial aid, housing, student employment and other services without regard to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. Avisit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. The Application Process Transfer 1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and complete, an official application for admission. Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universitieson the basis of their academic record, test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg, but to determine graduation with distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education require- 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript through the last complete semester to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that can- ments at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Transfer Process 1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to the: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3. Two personal recommendations will be requested. Upon receiving these forms, give them to two persons to fill out and return directly to the Admissions Office in the postage paid envelopes which are provided. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After a deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed, has been provided, the student must agree to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by January 1. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, astudent must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with acollege course after his junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic AptitudeTest in January or March of his junior year. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, o n the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. About 70% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college in the form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, students may instead submit the Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship Service to be considered for financial aid. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1973-74, approximately 1100 of the 1550 students at Augsburg received scholarships or grants totaling $915,000 from Augsburg and all other sources, and federal loans totaling $480,000. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program for which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg College. The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION - $2,349 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning in September, 1975. Students time when they take three are 'Onsidered or more courses during the semester terms. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. Such registration is payable in this manner: Tuition and Fees for the 4-1 (or 1-4) is $1,305. Tuition for the remaining semester is $1,044. If the student elects to omit an interim, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $310 a course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is $155 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Application fee, $10.00 is required from all new students. Graduation fee is $15.00. Registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge will be $190. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day, SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $15 Computer Science, $30 per course Film Making Course (Laboratory fee), $50.00 Student Teaching, $35. Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons in addition to tuition are $98 a semester (14 lessons), or $7.00 per lesson during the interim.. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $8.00 ($2.00 an interim), Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $10 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy, $1 .oo. Locker rental for commuter students: $2.00 or $3.00. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $1,251 Partial Board and Room - $1,170 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) - $819 5 Day Lunch Plan - $252 In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week. The partial board plan provides 14 meals per week in acombination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners. The meal coupons are restricted to apartment style residences named by the College in the "Housing and Food Services contract." A lunch contract is available to nbn-resident students and provides five noon lunches per week. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year. 1975-76 Cost Summary Board and Room - $1,251 Breakage Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT- New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 1,1975 (payment is due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT- All resident students, $25.00 (not refundable). Required at the time of signing acontract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, and applied to the room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT- All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the five-month billing period is due August 20, and the second semester is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Business Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Refunds Application Fee - $10.00 Tuition - $2,349 (Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.) If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed according to the following schedule: 100% through the first Friday of classes. 80% during the balance of first week of classes. 70% during the second week of classes. 60% during the third week of classes. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is reduced by 50%. 50% during the fourth week of classes. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. 40% during the fifth week of classes. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general physical activities courses at Augsburg are designed to equip students for lifetime sports and recreational activities. Courses in reliaion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, it scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department. A maximum of 3 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may meet one requirement only): a. A course in writing (English Ill) or demonstrated proficiency in writing. b. A course from at least two of the following four groupings: N o r music; literature (from the Department of English); philosophy; speech or drama. c. A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physiesrpsychology. d. A course from one or two of the following departments: economics, h i 6 , political science, s o c i o d a n d one or two courses from the Department of Foreign Languages to make a total of three courses in these five departments. e. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. f. A course relating to urban concerns. g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime sports. Students with proficiency in one or two sports may meet this requirement with one semester of activities. Divisional Organization The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Norma C. Noonan Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology and Social Work PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman: Einar 0. Johnson Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music HUMANITIES Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Russian, Scandinavian Area Studies, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communications, and Theater Arts Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for.three or four courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to do so at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first three days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in afailing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors, Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, be is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Grading Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Sociology 383, some education courses and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first three days of classes. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and.date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0 , l .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.89 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average lndependent Study lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore. . . . 7 courses.. Junior.. . . . . . . . 16 courses.. Senior . . . . . . . . 25 courses.. . . . . 14 grade points . . . . 32 grade points . . . . 50 grade points To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses All courses have equivalent value unless otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses is required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be canceled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number indicates the level of the course; the second is the division within the department; and the third identifies the course. Symbol #. Course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered in 1975-76 are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and a, Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the US., and Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others):* History of the United States American Studies 231 History 221,222,331,332,353,495 (American emphasis) Religion 352,363 Literature and Fine Arts in the United States American Studies 232 Art 102 English 241 (also Speech 241), 250,351,490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences in the United States American Studies 260 Economics 120, 122, 123,251 Education 478 # Political Science 121, 122,325,326,370, 371, 421 Psychology 481 # Sociology 111,373,381, 383 Social Work 351, 463 credit value. The symbol # indicates that the course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. American Studies *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under major. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course Content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets urban requirement. (Fall) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS A study of the characteristics of mid-western and eastern Indian tribesof the 19th century, with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian cultural values in the modern world. (Offered 1974-75.) 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the perspective of various disciplines. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1975-76) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. Meets urban requirement. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES For description, see 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Chairman: Philip Thompson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 107; two from 386,387,388; and three from 118,221,223, 225, 350. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as major but 350 required. MINOR: 5 courses, including 107; one from 386,387,388; and two from 118,221,223,225, 350. Department of Art 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other media. Descriptive, experimental, and figure studies. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING I Introduction to painting media and technique. (Fall, Spring) 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 132 PHOTOGRAPHY Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. (3 one hour lectures. Spring) The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white, color and photographic processes. 150 JEWELRY 351 CERAMICS II Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process. A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring) 221 SCULPTURE I 355 PAINTING II Three major works in any of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring) Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall, Spring) 223 PRINTMAKING I Principles and methods of printmaking in a variety of media. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq.: 107. Spring) 368 PRINTMAKING II Advanced work in various media, including silk screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART Survey of the early development of the visual arts throughout the world with emphasis on the Mediterranean region and Europe. 242 FILM-MAKING Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART A study of architecture, painting and sculpture from the 15th century through the 19th century in Europe and America. 350 CERAMICS I 388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) Contemporary developments in the visual arts with emphasis on America and Europe. 478 SCULPTURE II 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Three major works in any of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others. (Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring) a, Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, Option 1: 7 courses, including 111, 112, and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 352,361 (Group I); 355,473,474 (Group 11); 367,471,476 (Group Ill). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR, Option 11: 9 courses, including 111, 112,352 and at least one course from each of the following four groups: 355,474 (Group I); 361,481 (Group 11); 367,473 (Group 111); 471, 476 (Group IV). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351, 352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. MINOR, 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR, GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Lecture and laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other students) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses only. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring) 111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 11 1, Fall; 112, Spring) 352 ANIMAL FORM AND PHYLOGENY An analysis of the structure of animals and the evolutionary relationships revealed by this analysis. This includes an inquiry into the structural changes which occur and new structures which appear in the course of evolution, the way in which these structures enable the animal to function in the environ- ment, the phylogenetic relationships revealed by this study, and the classification of animals based on their phylogeny. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 172. Fall) 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, life histories, and taxonomy. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #. Fall) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall) 481 ECOLOGY A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Spring) Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research.Topics may concern research performed by students in independent study projects. Course credit is not given for seminar, but juniors and seniors who plan to major in biology or natural science (for premedical students) are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers (Weekly meetings. Fall, Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall) Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261,262,263,379,381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122,123,251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. Forthose planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101,102,131,261, 262,373,379,478, and one other course from the sequence 381,382,483. Economics 122, 123,251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. (392 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,379, 478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subiects (Eco- nomics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTlNG to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101. Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property'and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Interim, Spring) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities andfeserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVEMETHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring: On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Business Education have had one year of high school typewriting, (Interim) MAJOR: 12-14 Courses. 108 CALCULATING MACHINES CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101,102,131; Business Education 110,364, 460,465; Economics 122,123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. (Fall) 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262,263, and Business Education 108. Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. (Interim) ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 219. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, acertificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education 108,110,221,350,353,364,460 and Business Administration 101,102,131 and Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the general education requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit) The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. Fall) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent. Spring) 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-120 words a minute. (Prereq.: 121 or equivalent. Spring) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 1975-76) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 1976-77) Economics MAJOR IN ECONOMICS: Economics 122,123,251,258,454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122,123,251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall) placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, alternate years) 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Chairman: Earl Alton GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115, 116(or105,106),351,352,353,361andone advanced course which may include Biochemistry. Physics 121,122, and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Participation in seminar. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 124, 125 the freshman year, and Physics 121,122 the sophomore year. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106), and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 124,125 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to 2 semesters also required. MINOR: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same asthe graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. certification after July, 1979 requires course work in earth and life sciences. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Department of Chemistry of approved research; participation in semin ar Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high schoolchemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward the major. lo59 lo6 PRINCIPLES OF Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351,353,0r223. concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115,116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemislry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 15, Fall; 76, Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course Designed for medical technology students and others in a paramedical science area whose professional goals require less than the more intensive two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring) 351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to the biological and environmental sciences. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Offered lnterim for majors as per lnterim schedule. Offered Spring, especially for Medical Technology majors: 3 lectures, one 4.5 hour laboratory) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of reaction mechanisms. Infrared and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using avariety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. a, This major, offered by the five colleges in the Cooperative Program, consists of 12 to 16 courses distributed as follows: Four courses in Chinese and/or Japanese Ianguage Four Courses in cultural specialization a, Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year. East Asian Studies Four courses in comparative emphases Confer with Donald Gustafson of the history department, or Donald Steinmetz of the foreign languages department, for information on specific courses that may apply toward this major. Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. The student is advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education: 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, one interim, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371,372; and 481, 482 and electives 2. Physical Education 111, Safety and Drug Education 3. Library Science 358, The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Interim) First Professional Semester (for juniors or seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. 361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Admission to elementary education. Fall, Spring) 371,372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Concurrent registration in 361, 362. Fall, Spring) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program: 481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq: 361,362,371,372. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq: 481, 482. Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq: 481,482 and483. Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Secondary Education (teacher certification program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average-minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2.0 overall. 3. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: a) Educ. 265, Orientation to Education (Secondary) b) Educ. 359, Competencies: Secondary Education c) Educ. 478, School and Society d) Educ. 480,481,482 (two courses minimum), Student Teaching e) Psych. 105, General Psychology f) P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education g) Educ. 361,365 or 373 for art, physical education, or music majors Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification - Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Suc- cessful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg course P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program courses. General Information: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification: Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all grades (K-12) in their special area. A person working for certification in one of these special areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas is advised to take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, materials and projects, both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching methodology from the Education Department and special methods from the department of the major field. Human Relations Laboratory. (Prereq: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program). Special methods are offered in the following major fields: American Studies (Spring) Art (Spring) Business (Spring) Health and Physical Education (Fall) English (Spring) Social Studies (Spring) Mathematics (Spring) Music (Spring) Natural Science (Spring) Foreign Language (Fall, Spring) Speech and Drama (Spring) 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Materials and methods for teaching physical education. Includes also the American Red Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall) 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of music at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by astudy of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq: senior standing. Fall, Spring) Library Science MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265,359. Fall, Spring) Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in avariety of library situations in the metropolitan area. Geography 114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN WORLD 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE An introduction to the basic concepts of geography through an emphasis on the historical development of the Mediterranean World and the role of geography in the human exploitation of the region. Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 489 INTRODUCTION TO NON-PRINT RESOURCES Production and use of audio-visual materials in libraries and library systems. This course offered in conjunction with the 5-College Cooperative Program. (Offered 1974-75. Spring) a, Augsburg College and the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) are cooperating in aThree-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University in a five-year period, with the first three years being spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the Washington University School of Engineering. Stu- a, Chairman: Barbara Andersen MAJOR: 9 courses, including 3 courses in British literature (1 course from literature before 1660), 1 course in American literature, 1 course in world literature (a course outside the Anglo-American tradition), and course 219. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. A course in expository writing (219) is required. Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and Library Science 475 are required. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering dents accepted into the program will be guaranteed admission to the Washington University Engineering School, provided they are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science fo